Prove2Me
Navigate
DiscoverFormalpediaBlogsUsersMomentumMy Missions+
Prove2Me
⌕
Log in

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

Probability

569 missions · 283 completed

Missions

Open286Completed283All569
Bandit AlgorithmsMachine LearningOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Analysis of Thompson Sampling for the Multi-armed Bandit Problem 1: Logarithmic Regret for Two ArmsResearch Paper

Motivation

Thompson Sampling (TS) is the oldest heuristic for the stochastic multi-armed bandit problem: it was proposed by Thompson in 1933 (Biometrika 25) and is used in practice for online advertising and recommendation, where it often performs as well as or better than upper-confidence-bound methods (Chapelle and Li, NIPS 2011; Scott 2010). Until 2012 its theoretical guarantees for the frequentist regret were weak: earlier analyses gave only o(T)o(T)o(T) regret in time TTT (Granmo 2010; May, Korda, Lee and Leslie 2011).

Agrawal and Goyal, Analysis of Thompson Sampling for the Multi-armed Bandit Problem (arXiv:1111.1797v3, COLT 2012), gave the first logarithmic finite-time bound on the expected regret of TS. This mission formalizes their two-armed result, Theorem 1. A companion mission covers the NNN-armed bound, Theorem 2.

Timeline. Lai and Robbins (1985) proved that every consistent algorithm has regret at least [∑iΔi/D(μi∥μ∗)+o(1)]ln⁡T\big[\sum_i \Delta_i/D(\mu_i\|\mu^*)+o(1)\big]\ln T[∑i​Δi​/D(μi​∥μ∗)+o(1)]lnT. Auer, Cesa-Bianchi and Fischer (2002) gave UCB1 with an O(∑iln⁡T/Δi)O(\sum_i \ln T/\Delta_i)O(∑i​lnT/Δi​) finite-time bound. Agrawal and Goyal (2012) proved O(ln⁡T/Δ+1/Δ3)O(\ln T/\Delta+1/\Delta^3)O(lnT/Δ+1/Δ3) for two-armed TS. Kaufmann, Korda and Munos (ALT 2012) and Agrawal and Goyal (AISTATS 2013) later proved asymptotically optimal bounds for Bernoulli TS.

Setting

There are two arms. Arm i∈{1,2}i\in\{1,2\}i∈{1,2} has a fixed, unknown reward distribution DiD_iDi​ supported in [0,1][0,1][0,1], with mean μi\mu_iμi​. Plays of an arm give i.i.d. rewards, independent of the other arm. Arm 1 is the unique optimal arm, μ1>μ2\mu_1>\mu_2μ1​>μ2​, and Δ=μ1−μ2\Delta=\mu_1-\mu_2Δ=μ1​−μ2​ is the gap.

Thompson Sampling for general stochastic bandits (Algorithm 2 of the paper) keeps, for each arm iii, a success count SiS_iSi​ and a failure count FiF_iFi​, both starting at 000. In each round t=1,2,…t=1,2,\dotst=1,2,… it

  1. samples, independently for each arm, θi(t)∼Beta(Si+1,Fi+1)\theta_i(t)\sim\mathrm{Beta}(S_i+1,F_i+1)θi​(t)∼Beta(Si​+1,Fi​+1);
  2. plays i(t)=arg⁡max⁡iθi(t)i(t)=\arg\max_i\theta_i(t)i(t)=argmaxi​θi​(t) and observes a reward r~t∼Di(t)\tilde r_t\sim D_{i(t)}r~t​∼Di(t)​;
  3. performs a Bernoulli trial with success probability r~t\tilde r_tr~t​, with outcome rt∈{0,1}r_t\in\{0,1\}rt​∈{0,1};
  4. increments Si(t)S_{i(t)}Si(t)​ if rt=1r_t=1rt​=1 and Fi(t)F_{i(t)}Fi(t)​ otherwise.

ki(t)k_i(t)ki​(t) is the number of plays of arm iii before round ttt. The expected regret in time TTT is

E[R(T)]=E[∑t=1T(μ1−μi(t))],\mathbb E[\mathcal R(T)]=\mathbb E\Big[\sum_{t=1}^T(\mu_1-\mu_{i(t)})\Big],E[R(T)]=E[t=1∑T​(μ1​−μi(t)​)],

the expectation being over the rewards and the algorithm's randomness.

The analysis uses the Beta cdf Fα,βbetaF^{beta}_{\alpha,\beta}Fα,βbeta​, the binomial cdf Fn,pBF^B_{n,p}Fn,pB​, and the random variable X(j,s,y)X(j,s,y)X(j,s,y): the number of independent Beta(s+1,j−s+1)\mathrm{Beta}(s+1,j-s+1)Beta(s+1,j−s+1) draws made before one exceeds yyy.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1 (p. 3)

There is an absolute constant C>0C>0C>0 such that for every two-armed instance with rewards in [0,1][0,1][0,1] and μ1>μ2\mu_1>\mu_2μ1​>μ2​, and every T≥2T\ge 2T≥2,

E[R(T)]≤C(ln⁡TΔ+1Δ3).\mathbb E[\mathcal R(T)]\le C\Big(\frac{\ln T}{\Delta}+\frac1{\Delta^3}\Big).E[R(T)]≤C(ΔlnT​+Δ31​).

The constant is not fixed numerically: the paper states the theorem in O(⋅)O(\cdot)O(⋅) form (footnote 1), and the explicit display it reports on p. 8, 40ln⁡T/Δ+48/Δ3+18Δ40\ln T/\Delta+48/\Delta^3+18\Delta40lnT/Δ+48/Δ3+18Δ, is not the formal claim.

Milestones

  • Fact 1 (p. 12): Fα,βbeta(y)=1−Fα+β−1,yB(α−1)F^{beta}_{\alpha,\beta}(y)=1-F^B_{\alpha+\beta-1,y}(\alpha-1)Fα,βbeta​(y)=1−Fα+β−1,yB​(α−1) for positive integers α,β\alpha,\betaα,β.
  • Lemma 1 (p. 6): E[X(j,s,y)]=1/Fj+1,yB(s)−1\mathbb E[X(j,s,y)]=1/F^B_{j+1,y}(s)-1E[X(j,s,y)]=1/Fj+1,yB​(s)−1.
  • Lemma 6 (p. 13): Hoeffding-type bounds (10)–(11) on binomial cdfs.
  • Fact 2 (p. 13): every median of Binomial(n,p)\mathrm{Binomial}(n,p)Binomial(n,p) is ⌊np⌋\lfloor np\rfloor⌊np⌋ or ⌈np⌉\lceil np\rceil⌈np⌉.
  • Lemma 2 (p. 7): Pr⁡(E2(t))≥1−2/T2\Pr(E_2(t))\ge 1-2/T^2Pr(E2​(t))≥1−2/T2, where E2(t)={θ2(t)≤μ2+Δ/2 or k2(t)<24ln⁡T/Δ2}E_2(t)=\{\theta_2(t)\le\mu_2+\Delta/2\ \text{or}\ k_2(t)<24\ln T/\Delta^2\}E2​(t)={θ2​(t)≤μ2​+Δ/2 or k2​(t)<24lnT/Δ2}.
  • Lemma 3 (p. 7): a three-case bound on E[E[min⁡{X(j,s(j),y),T}∣s(j)]]\mathbb E\big[\mathbb E[\min\{X(j,s(j),y),T\}\mid s(j)]\big]E[E[min{X(j,s(j),y),T}∣s(j)]] for s(j)∼Binomial(j,μ1)s(j)\sim\mathrm{Binomial}(j,\mu_1)s(j)∼Binomial(j,μ1​).
  • Eq. (1) (p. 7): E[k2(T)]≤C(ln⁡T/Δ2+1/Δ4)\mathbb E[k_2(T)]\le C(\ln T/\Delta^2+1/\Delta^4)E[k2​(T)]≤C(lnT/Δ2+1/Δ4).

Significance

The result. Theorem 1 shows that TS, a randomized Bayesian heuristic with no explicit confidence bonus, has regret logarithmic in TTT on every two-armed instance, matching the order in TTT of the Lai–Robbins lower bound. The proof introduced a way to control the optimal arm's waiting time between plays through the Beta–Binomial duality, and later analyses of TS reuse that device.

Formalizing it. The result is proved on paper and has no machine-checked proof that we know of. The platform's existing TS results concern Gaussian TS (Lattimore and Szepesvári, Ch. 36) and Bayesian regret, which are different algorithms or regret notions. A formalization adds a reusable Lean model of Algorithm 2 on [0,1][0,1][0,1]-valued rewards, Beta–Binomial facts (Fact 1, Lemma 1), a binomial-median theorem, and binomial Hoeffding bounds. It also produces a proof with a constant that has been checked, since the printed constants contain an arithmetic slip.

Difficulty

The standard UCB argument does not transfer to TS. For UCB, the optimal arm's index exceeds its mean with high probability however often the arm has been played, because the exploration bonus is deterministic; the analysis then only has to count plays of the suboptimal arm until its own index concentrates, after Θ(ln⁡T/Δ2)\Theta(\ln T/\Delta^2)Θ(lnT/Δ2) plays. Under TS the optimal arm's sample θ1(t)\theta_1(t)θ1​(t) is random and, if the arm has been played rarely or its early rewards were poor, it falls below μ2\mu_2μ2​ with constant probability. The optimal arm may then wait a long, random time between plays, and the length of that wait depends on the arm's posterior, which in turn depends on how long it has waited. Counting plays of the suboptimal arm with a union bound over rounds, under the assumption that the optimal arm is already concentrated, therefore does not work; controlling these waiting times is the central difficulty and is where the 1/Δ31/\Delta^31/Δ3 dependence enters.

Formalization scope

  • Model. The instance is the platform's StochasticBandit 2 (a probability measure on R\mathbb RR per arm, mean banditArmMean), with the hypothesis that each reward law gives mass 111 to [0,1][0,1][0,1]. Lean arm 0 is the paper's arm 1 and Lean arm 1 the paper's arm 2. Lean rounds are indexed from 000.
  • Algorithm. Algorithm 2 is realized on one probability space with three independent i.i.d. tables: Beta draws W(i,t,a,b)∼Beta(a+1,b+1)W(i,t,a,b)\sim\mathrm{Beta}(a+1,b+1)W(i,t,a,b)∼Beta(a+1,b+1), rewards X(i,t)∼DiX(i,t)\sim D_iX(i,t)∼Di​, and uniforms V(i,t)V(i,t)V(i,t). Round ttt uses θi(t)=W(i,t,Si(t),Fi(t))\theta_i(t)=W(i,t,S_i(t),F_i(t))θi​(t)=W(i,t,Si​(t),Fi​(t)), r~t=X(i(t),t)\tilde r_t=X(i(t),t)r~t​=X(i(t),t) and rt=1{V(i(t),t)<r~t}r_t=\mathbf 1\{V(i(t),t)<\tilde r_t\}rt​=1{V(i(t),t)<r~t​}. Ties in the arg max go to the smaller index (a null event).
  • Values. Regret and expectations are lower Lebesgue integrals in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞]. X(j,s,y)X(j,s,y)X(j,s,y) is N∪{∞}\mathbb N\cup\{\infty\}N∪{∞}-valued, so Lemma 1 at y=1y=1y=1 reads ∞=∞\infty=\infty∞=∞, as in the paper.
  • O(·). The paper's O(⋅)O(\cdot)O(⋅) (footnote 1: f≤cgf\le cgf≤cg for n≥n0n\ge n_0n≥n0​) is stated with one universal constant C>0C>0C>0, quantified before the instance, the means and the horizon, for all T≥2T\ge 2T≥2. Eq. (1) is stated the same way, without its printed numerals.
  • Not trivial. The goal is about Algorithm 2 itself, with fresh Beta samples, fresh rewards and the Bernoulli coin. A statement about "any policy satisfying Lemma 2's event bound", or one whose constant depends on Δ\DeltaΔ, the reward laws or TTT, would not be Theorem 1.
  • Edge cases. μ1<1\mu_1<1μ1​<1 is assumed only in Lemma 3, where the paper's RRR and DDD require it. It is not a hypothesis of the goal.
  • Infrastructure. A complete proof needs: inverse-transform or order-statistics facts for Beta laws (Fact 1); geometric expectations; Hoeffding's inequality for sums of Bernoulli variables (Mathlib has Hoeffding/Azuma); the binomial median theorem (Jogdeo–Samuels; Kaas–Buhrman); and the coupling from the reward tables to the per-arm i.i.d. output stacks the paper reasons with. Fact 1, Lemma 6 and Fact 2 are reusable beyond this mission. Contributions to any milestone are welcome, and so is a direct proof of the regret bound with an explicit constant.

Selected references

  • S. Agrawal and N. Goyal, Analysis of Thompson Sampling for the Multi-armed Bandit Problem, COLT 2012; arXiv:1111.1797v3. https://arxiv.org/abs/1111.1797
  • W. R. Thompson, On the likelihood that one unknown probability exceeds another in view of the evidence of two samples, Biometrika 25 (1933) 285–294. https://doi.org/10.2307/2332286
  • T. L. Lai and H. Robbins, Asymptotically efficient adaptive allocation rules, Advances in Applied Mathematics 6 (1985) 4–22. https://doi.org/10.1016/0196-8858(85)90002-8
  • P. Auer, N. Cesa-Bianchi and P. Fischer, Finite-time analysis of the multiarmed bandit problem, Machine Learning 47 (2002) 235–256. https://doi.org/10.1023/A:1013689704352
  • K. Jogdeo and S. M. Samuels, Monotone convergence of binomial probabilities and a generalization of Ramanujan's equation, Annals of Mathematical Statistics 39 (1968) 1191–1195. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoms/1177698243
  • R. Kaas and J. M. Buhrman, Mean, median and mode in binomial distributions, Statistica Neerlandica 34 (1980) 13–18. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1467-9574.1980.tb00681.x
  • O. Chapelle and L. Li, An empirical evaluation of Thompson Sampling, NIPS 2011. https://papers.nips.cc/paper/4321-an-empirical-evaluation-of-thompson-sampling
11 thms2 active usersReviewed
Markov ChainNumerical AnalysisOperations Research+1·Captain: mikedeng1

Fundamentals of Queueing Theory X: Uniformization of Continuous-Time Markov ChainsTextbook

Motivation

Most Markovian queueing models have no closed-form transient solution. The M/M/1 queue already needs modified Bessel functions (Chapter 2 of the book), and a finite-capacity or multi-class model with state-dependent rates has no closed form at all. What an analyst can always write down is the system of forward equations p′(t)=p(t)Qp'(t)=p(t)Qp′(t)=p(t)Q for the state probabilities. Chapter 8 of Gross, Shortle, Thompson and Harris, Fundamentals of Queueing Theory (4th ed., Wiley 2008, DOI 10.1002/9781118625651), presents two numerical techniques that turn such models into numbers: the randomization (or uniformization) method for the transient distribution of a finite continuous-time Markov chain, and the Fourier-series method for inverting a Laplace transform, as needed for the M/G/1 waiting-time transform (5.33) and the busy-period transform (5.37).

Uniformization goes back to Jensen (1953) and is the standard transient solver in performance-evaluation and reliability tools. Its appeal is that it replaces a matrix exponential, which is numerically delicate, by powers of a stochastic matrix weighted by Poisson probabilities, with an error bound that can be fixed before the computation starts (Grassmann 1977; Gross and Miller 1984). The Fourier-series method with Euler summation is due to Abate and Whitt (Abate and Whitt 1992; Abate, Choudhury and Whitt 1999).

Setting

A continuous-time Markov chain X(t)X(t)X(t) on the states {0,1,…,N}\{0,1,\dots,N\}{0,1,…,N} is described by its infinitesimal generator Q=(qij)Q=(q_{ij})Q=(qij​): for i≠ji\ne ji=j, qij≥0q_{ij}\ge0qij​≥0 is the rate of jumps from iii to jjj, and the diagonal entry is −qi-q_i−qi​ with

qi=∑j≠iqij,i=0,1,…,N.q_i=\sum_{j\ne i}q_{ij},\qquad i=0,1,\dots,N.qi​=j=i∑​qij​,i=0,1,…,N.

The transient state-probability vector p(t)=(p0(t),…,pN(t))p(t)=(p_0(t),\dots,p_N(t))p(t)=(p0​(t),…,pN​(t)), pn(t)=Pr⁡{X(t)=n}p_n(t)=\Pr\{X(t)=n\}pn​(t)=Pr{X(t)=n}, is the solution of the forward equations

p′(t)=p(t)Q(t≥0),p'(t)=p(t)Q\quad(t\ge0),p′(t)=p(t)Q(t≥0),

started from a given probability vector p(0)p(0)p(0). Fix a constant Λ>0\Lambda>0Λ>0 with Λ≥qi\Lambda\ge q_iΛ≥qi​ for every iii (the book takes Λ=max⁡iqi\Lambda=\max_i q_iΛ=maxi​qi​) and define the uniformized matrix

P~=QΛ+I,p~in={qin/Λ(i≠n),1−qi/Λ(i=n).\tilde P=\frac{Q}{\Lambda}+I,\qquad \tilde p_{in}=\begin{cases}q_{in}/\Lambda&(i\ne n),\\1-q_i/\Lambda&(i=n).\end{cases}P~=ΛQ​+I,p~​in​={qin​/Λ1−qi​/Λ​(i=n),(i=n).​

It is the transition matrix of a discrete-time chain YkY_kYk​: the state of XXX after the kkk-th event of a Poisson process of rate Λ\LambdaΛ that has been thinned. Write ϕ(k)=p(0)P~k\phi^{(k)}=p(0)\tilde P^{k}ϕ(k)=p(0)P~k for its distribution after kkk steps.

For the second half of the chapter, the Laplace transform of a real function fff on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞) is fˉ(s)=∫0∞e−stf(t) dt\bar f(s)=\int_0^\infty e^{-st}f(t)\,dtfˉ​(s)=∫0∞​e−stf(t)dt, and the Fourier-series approximant with parameter AAA is

fA,n(t)=eA/22t[fˉ(A2t)+2∑k=1n(−1)k Re fˉ(A+2kπi2t)],f_{A,n}(t)=\frac{e^{A/2}}{2t}\Big[\bar f\Big(\frac{A}{2t}\Big)+2\sum_{k=1}^{n}(-1)^k\,\mathrm{Re}\,\bar f\Big(\frac{A+2k\pi i}{2t}\Big)\Big],fA,n​(t)=2teA/2​[fˉ​(2tA​)+2k=1∑n​(−1)kRefˉ​(2tA+2kπi​)],

with fA(t)=lim⁡n→∞fA,n(t)f_A(t)=\lim_{n\to\infty}f_{A,n}(t)fA​(t)=limn→∞​fA,n​(t).

Formalization targets

Goal: the randomization formula with its truncation bound (Eqs. (8.9)–(8.12))

The forward equations have a solution, and every solution satisfies, for all t≥0t\ge0t≥0,

p(t)=∑k=0∞p(0)P~(k) e−Λt(Λt)kk!,p(t)=\sum_{k=0}^{\infty}p(0)\tilde P^{(k)}\,\frac{e^{-\Lambda t}(\Lambda t)^k}{k!},p(t)=k=0∑∞​p(0)P~(k)k!e−Λt(Λt)k​,

and whenever ∑k=0Te−Λt(Λt)k/k!>1−ϵ\sum_{k=0}^{T}e^{-\Lambda t}(\Lambda t)^k/k!>1-\epsilon∑k=0T​e−Λt(Λt)k/k!>1−ϵ, every component of the sum truncated at k=Tk=Tk=T is within ϵ\epsilonϵ of pn(t)p_n(t)pn​(t).

Milestones

  1. Eq. (8.12): P~\tilde PP~ has the entries above and is a stochastic matrix.
  2. Eqs. (8.13)–(8.14): ϕ(k)=ϕ(k−1)P~\phi^{(k)}=\phi^{(k-1)}\tilde Pϕ(k)=ϕ(k−1)P~ and each ϕ(k)\phi^{(k)}ϕ(k) is a probability vector.
  3. p.385: ϕ=ϕP~  ⟺  0=ϕQ\phi=\phi\tilde P\iff0=\phi Qϕ=ϕP~⟺0=ϕQ.
  4. Eqs. (8.27)–(8.28): for bounded Lipschitz fff, A>0A>0A>0 and t>0t>0t>0,
fA(t)−f(t)=∑k=1∞e−kAf((2k+1)t),∣fA(t)−f(t)∣≤Ce−A1−e−A  if ∣f(x)∣≤C for x>3t.f_A(t)-f(t)=\sum_{k=1}^{\infty}e^{-kA}f\big((2k+1)t\big),\qquad |f_A(t)-f(t)|\le\frac{Ce^{-A}}{1-e^{-A}}\ \text{ if } |f(x)|\le C \text{ for } x>3t.fA​(t)−f(t)=k=1∑∞​e−kAf((2k+1)t),∣fA​(t)−f(t)∣≤1−e−ACe−A​  if ∣f(x)∣≤C for x>3t.

The mission also contains Eqs. (8.7)–(8.8) as a further theorem, outside the milestone list: the transition probabilities satisfy pin(t)=∑kp~in(k)e−Λt(Λt)k/k!p_{in}(t)=\sum_k\tilde p^{(k)}_{in}e^{-\Lambda t}(\Lambda t)^k/k!pin​(t)=∑k​p~​in(k)​e−Λt(Λt)k/k!, and pn(t)=∑ipi(0)pin(t)p_n(t)=\sum_i p_i(0)p_{in}(t)pn​(t)=∑i​pi​(0)pin​(t).

Significance

The randomization formula reduces the transient analysis of any finite Markovian queue (finite-buffer, multi-server, with balking, reneging or state-dependent rates) to repeated vector–matrix products with a sparse stochastic matrix. The truncation point is chosen from a Poisson tail alone, independently of QQQ. Milestone 3 shows that the same matrix gives the stationary equations, so one iteration serves both transient and steady-state computation. The discretization identity (8.27) is what justifies the parameter choice in Algorithm 8.1: the error decays like e−Ae^{-A}e−A.

All of these results are classical and proved in the literature. None of them is formalized in Lean or Mathlib as far as a search of the platform and Mathlib shows. Mathlib has the matrix exponential and Poisson summation under decay hypotheses, but no continuous-time Markov chain generators, no uniformization, and no Laplace transform. This mission would add the finite-state link between generators, stochastic matrices and matrix exponentials that later chapters of queueing and reliability theory use, and a verified error formula for a numerical inversion method in wide use.

Difficulty

The book's derivation is probabilistic: it conditions on the number of events of the Poisson(Λ\LambdaΛ) process and thins them. A formal statement cannot rest on that picture, because p(t)p(t)p(t) is defined analytically, by the forward equations. The goal therefore contains a uniqueness statement for a linear ODE on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞) with one-sided derivative at 000, which the book never mentions. The componentwise bound then needs P~\tilde PP~ to be stochastic, so that every ϕn(k)\phi^{(k)}_nϕn(k)​ lies in [0,1][0,1][0,1]. That is exactly where Λ≥max⁡iqi\Lambda\ge\max_i q_iΛ≥maxi​qi​ is used; with a smaller Λ\LambdaΛ the matrix P~\tilde PP~ has negative diagonal entries and the bound fails.

For (8.27), the book gives no proof. The identity is an aliasing (Poisson-summation) formula for a periodic function assembled from the values of fff at all odd multiples of ttt. The convergence of the conditionally summed series (8.24) is the delicate point: continuity of fff at ttt, the book's only hypothesis, does not guarantee convergence of a Fourier series. Mathlib's Poisson summation theorems require decay of the Fourier transform that the damped, reflected function built from fff does not have.

Formalization scope

  • States are Fin (N+1); a row vector is Fin (N+1) → ℝ; pQpQpQ is vecMul. A generator is a real matrix with nonnegative off-diagonal entries and diagonal −∑j≠iqij-\sum_{j\ne i}q_{ij}−∑j=i​qij​.
  • p(t)p(t)p(t) is not defined as the series. It is any function with p(0)=p0p(0)=p_0p(0)=p0​ and one-sided derivative p(t)Qp(t)Qp(t)Q within [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞) at every t≥0t\ge0t≥0. The goal also asserts that such a function exists, so it cannot hold vacuously, and it asserts the series identity for every solution. Defining p(t)p(t)p(t) as the series (8.9) would make the goal a tautology and is ruled out.
  • Λ\LambdaΛ is any real with Λ>0\Lambda>0Λ>0 and Λ≥qi\Lambda\ge q_iΛ≥qi​ for all iii (the book takes equality with max⁡iqi\max_i q_imaxi​qi​).
  • The truncation bound is stated componentwise, as on p.384 ("an error bound on pn(t)p_n(t)pn​(t) of ϵ\epsilonϵ"), for an arbitrary real ϵ\epsilonϵ and truncation point TTT.
  • The series (8.8), (8.9) are stated with HasSum, so convergence is part of the claim.
  • The Laplace transform is the Lebesgue integral over (0,∞)(0,\infty)(0,∞) at a complex argument. fA(t)f_A(t)fA​(t) is the limit of the partial sums fA,n(t)f_{A,n}(t)fA,n​(t), and the convergence is part of milestone 4.
  • Strengthened hypotheses in milestone 4: fff bounded and Lipschitz on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞) replaces "ttt is a continuity point of fff", which is not sufficient for convergence.
  • Corrected misprints: e−λte^{-\lambda t}e−λt in (8.9) is e−Λte^{-\Lambda t}e−Λt; qij/Λq_{ij}/\Lambdaqij​/Λ in (8.12) is qin/Λq_{in}/\Lambdaqin​/Λ; ϕ(Q/Λ−I)\phi(Q/\Lambda-I)ϕ(Q/Λ−I) on p.385 is ϕ(Q/Λ+I)\phi(Q/\Lambda+I)ϕ(Q/Λ+I).
  • Not formalized: Theorem 8.1 (Bromwich inversion) and the real form (8.21), which the book states without hypotheses on fff; the limit claim lim⁡kϕ(k)=lim⁡tp(t)\lim_k\phi^{(k)}=\lim_t p(t)limk​ϕ(k)=limt​p(t) on p.385, which fails when P~\tilde PP~ is periodic; the Euler-summation approximation (8.26) and the round-off discussion, which are stated with "≈".

Useful infrastructure: the matrix exponential and its derivative (Matrix, NormedSpace.exp), uniqueness for linear ODEs (Grönwall), Fourier series on the circle, and a reusable Laplace transform file. Contributions of general lemmas on generators and stochastic matrices are welcome, as they apply to every finite Markovian model in the series.

Selected references

  • D. Gross, J. F. Shortle, J. M. Thompson, C. M. Harris, Fundamentals of Queueing Theory, 4th ed., Wiley, 2008, §§8.1.2–8.2. https://doi.org/10.1002/9781118625651
  • A. Jensen, "Markoff chains as an aid in the study of Markoff processes", Skandinavisk Aktuarietidskrift 36 (1953) 87–91.
  • W. K. Grassmann, "Transient solutions in Markovian queueing systems", Computers & Operations Research 4 (1977) 47–53.
  • D. Gross, D. R. Miller, "The randomization technique as a modeling tool and solution procedure for transient Markov processes", Operations Research 32 (1984) 343–361. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.32.2.343
  • J. Abate, W. Whitt, "The Fourier-series method for inverting transforms of probability distributions", Queueing Systems 10 (1992) 5–87. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01158520
  • J. Abate, G. L. Choudhury, W. Whitt, "An introduction to numerical transform inversion and its application to probability models", in W. Grassmann (ed.), Computational Probability, Kluwer, 1999, 257–323.
8 thms2 active usersReviewed
Operations ResearchStatisticsStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Fundamentals of Queueing Theory VIII: Lindley's Integral Equation for the G/G/1 QueueTextbook

Why the G/G/1 queue

The single-server queue with general interarrival times and general service times, written G/G/1 in Kendall's notation, is the model left when every distributional assumption is removed from the classical single-server queue. Customers arrive one at a time, wait in line in first-come, first-served order, and are served one at a time. Almost nothing about it can be computed in closed form. What survives is a recursion for the waiting times of successive customers and the integral equation of its steady state, due to Lindley (Lindley, 1952). Every exact and approximate treatment of the G/G/1 waiting time, including the bounds of the next chapter of the book, starts from that equation.

This mission is the eighth of a series formalizing Gross, Shortle, Thompson and Harris, Fundamentals of Queueing Theory (4th ed., Wiley 2008, DOI 10.1002/9781118625651). It covers Chapter 6, "General Models and Theoretical Topics". The chapter also treats the G/E_k/1 characteristic equation (§6.1), the M/D/c queue (§6.3) and maximum-likelihood estimation for M/M/1 (§6.7), which appear here as further milestones.

Timeline. Lindley (1952) derived the recursion and the integral equation and showed that a limiting waiting-time distribution exists when the mean service time is smaller than the mean interarrival time. Loynes (1962) gave the stationary solution as a supremum over the past of a random walk, for stationary rather than independent inputs. Clarke (1957) derived the maximum-likelihood estimators for M/M/1, and Crommelin (1932) the M/D/c generating function. Chaudhry, Harris and Marchal (1990) located the roots of the G/E_k/1 characteristic equation.

Setting

The interarrival times T(n)T^{(n)}T(n) are independent with common distribution AAA, the service times S(n)S^{(n)}S(n) are independent with common distribution BBB, and the two sequences are independent. Both AAA and BBB are lifetime laws: probability distributions on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞). The means are E[T]=1/λ\mathrm E[T]=1/\lambdaE[T]=1/λ and E[S]=1/μ\mathrm E[S]=1/\muE[S]=1/μ, and the traffic intensity is ρ=λ/μ=E[S]/E[T]\rho=\lambda/\mu=\mathrm E[S]/\mathrm E[T]ρ=λ/μ=E[S]/E[T].

The line delay Wq(n)W_q^{(n)}Wq(n)​ of the nnnth customer satisfies Lindley's recursion

Wq(n+1)=max⁡(0,  Wq(n)+S(n)−T(n)).W_q^{(n+1)}=\max\bigl(0,\;W_q^{(n)}+S^{(n)}-T^{(n)}\bigr).Wq(n+1)​=max(0,Wq(n)​+S(n)−T(n)).

Write UUU for the distribution of S−TS-TS−T with S∼BS\sim BS∼B and T∼AT\sim AT∼A independent. Since Wq(n)W_q^{(n)}Wq(n)​ is independent of (S(n),T(n))(S^{(n)},T^{(n)})(S(n),T(n)), one step of the recursion sends the distribution ν\nuν of Wq(n)W_q^{(n)}Wq(n)​ to the distribution of max⁡(0,W+U)\max(0,W+U)max(0,W+U) with W∼νW\sim\nuW∼ν independent of UUU. A stationary delay distribution is a probability distribution ν\nuν that this step maps to itself; its CDF is Wq(t)=ν((−∞,t])W_q(t)=\nu((-\infty,t])Wq​(t)=ν((−∞,t]).

Formalization targets

Goal: Lindley's equation (6.8)

If E[T]\mathrm E[T]E[T] and E[S]\mathrm E[S]E[S] are finite and ρ<1\rho<1ρ<1, then a stationary delay distribution exists, and the CDF of every stationary delay distribution satisfies

Wq(t)={∫−∞tWq(t−x) dU(x)(0≤t<∞),0(t<0),U(x)=∫max⁡(0,x)∞B(y) dA(y−x).W_q(t)=\begin{cases}\displaystyle\int_{-\infty}^{t}W_q(t-x)\,dU(x) & (0\le t<\infty),\\ 0 & (t<0),\end{cases} \qquad U(x)=\int_{\max(0,x)}^{\infty}B(y)\,dA(y-x).Wq​(t)=⎩⎨⎧​∫−∞t​Wq​(t−x)dU(x)0​(0≤t<∞),(t<0),​U(x)=∫max(0,x)∞​B(y)dA(y−x).

The goal consists of the existence statement and the equation together. The equation alone is close to unfolding one step of the recursion. Existence is what ties it to a queue in steady state.

Milestones

  • (6.9), the CDF of U=S−TU=S-TU=S−T as a convolution of BBB and AAA.
  • The one-step convolution (p.285): Wq(n+1)(t)=∫−∞tWq(n)(t−x) dU(x)W_q^{(n+1)}(t)=\int_{-\infty}^{t}W_q^{(n)}(t-x)\,dU(x)Wq(n+1)​(t)=∫−∞t​Wq(n)​(t−x)dU(x) for t≥0t\ge0t≥0.
  • (6.10)–(6.12), the Wiener–Hopf form: Wq−(t)+Wq(t)=∫−∞tWq(t−x) dU(x)W_q^-(t)+W_q(t)=\int_{-\infty}^t W_q(t-x)\,dU(x)Wq−​(t)+Wq​(t)=∫−∞t​Wq​(t−x)dU(x) for all ttt, and Wˉq(s)=Wˉq−(s)/(A∗(−s)B∗(s)−1)\bar W_q(s)=\bar W_q^-(s)/(A^*(-s)B^*(s)-1)Wˉq​(s)=Wˉq−​(s)/(A∗(−s)B∗(s)−1) for two-sided Laplace transforms.
  • The G/E_k/1 root result (p.278): the characteristic equation zk=A∗[kμ(1−z)]z^k=A^*[k\mu(1-z)]zk=A∗[kμ(1−z)] has exactly one root in (0,1)(0,1)(0,1), one in (−1,0)(-1,0)(−1,0) exactly when kkk is even, and, when A∗=[A1∗]kA^*=[A_1^*]^kA∗=[A1∗​]k, exactly kkk distinct roots in the open unit disk.
  • (6.18)–(6.20), the M/D/c generating function and p0p_0p0​ in terms of the roots of zc=e−λ(1−z)z^c=e^{-\lambda(1-z)}zc=e−λ(1−z).
  • (6.33), the maximum-likelihood estimators λ^=na/t\hat\lambda=n_a/tλ^=na​/t, μ^=nc/tb\hat\mu=n_c/t_bμ^​=nc​/tb​ for M/M/1.

Significance

Lindley's equation characterizes the stationary G/G/1 waiting time without any distributional assumption. The M/M/1, M/G/1 and G/M/1 waiting-time distributions of earlier chapters are its special cases. The transform relation (6.12) reduces the G/G/1 delay to a factorization problem for A∗(−s)B∗(s)−1A^*(-s)B^*(s)-1A∗(−s)B∗(s)−1. The recursion and the equation are the starting point of Kingman's bound, of heavy-traffic approximations and of simulation of single-server systems.

All of these results are classical and proved. As far as a search of the platform shows, none of them is formalized. The platform's forward-coupling mission proves convergence to a stationary workload of a continuous-time queue that it assumes to exist. It proves neither the existence of a stationary law of Lindley's discrete recursion nor Lindley's equation. The mission therefore produces a machine-checked account of the G/G/1 recursion on distributions, a Loynes-type existence theorem for it, and the Wiener–Hopf transform identity. Its definitions (lifetime laws, the law of S−TS-TS−T, the law map of the recursion, two-sided transforms) are reusable for Kingman's bound in the next mission of the series.

Difficulty

The obvious route to existence is to iterate the recursion from Wq(0)=0W_q^{(0)}=0Wq(0)​=0 and take a limit. The distributions of Wq(n)W_q^{(n)}Wq(n)​ from zero increase stochastically, but a limit of CDFs need not be a probability distribution: mass can escape to infinity, and it does when ρ>1\rho>1ρ>1. Ruling this out under ρ<1\rho<1ρ<1 is the whole content of the existence half. It is a statement about the entire past of the input sequences, not about one step of the recursion, and the book asserts it without argument ("In the steady state (ρ<1\rho<1ρ<1) …", p.285).

The transform identity (6.12) needs the right strip of convergence, which the book does not state. A∗(−s)A^*(-s)A∗(−s) is finite only where the interarrival time has an exponential moment.

Formalization scope

Distributions are Mathlib measures on R\mathbb RR. AAA and BBB are probability measures with no mass on (−∞,0)(-\infty,0)(−∞,0), with integrable identity where means are used. ρ<1\rho<1ρ<1 is stated as E[S]/E[T]<1\mathrm E[S]/\mathrm E[T]<1E[S]/E[T]<1 with E[T]>0\mathrm E[T]>0E[T]>0. Independence is encoded by product measures: UUU is the image of B⊗AB\otimes AB⊗A under (s,t)↦s−t(s,t)\mapsto s-t(s,t)↦s−t, and one step of the recursion is the image of ν⊗U\nu\otimes Uν⊗U under (w,u)↦max⁡(0,w+u)(w,u)\mapsto\max(0,w+u)(w,u)↦max(0,w+u). Stieltjes integrals over (−∞,t](-\infty,t](−∞,t] are Lebesgue integrals over the closed half-line, so the atom Wq(0)=q0W_q(0)=q_0Wq​(0)=q0​ is counted. Transforms take complex arguments.

The closed forms carried by the statements are the following.

  • (6.8), in both of the book's forms, ∫−∞tWq(t−x) dU(x)\int_{-\infty}^t W_q(t-x)\,dU(x)∫−∞t​Wq​(t−x)dU(x) and −∫0∞Wq(y) dU(t−y)-\int_0^\infty W_q(y)\,dU(t-y)−∫0∞​Wq​(y)dU(t−y).
  • (6.9) as an integral against the law of T+xT+xT+x.
  • U∗(s)=A∗(−s)B∗(s)U^*(s)=A^*(-s)B^*(s)U∗(s)=A∗(−s)B∗(s) and (6.12), for 0<Re⁡s0<\operatorname{Re}s0<Res with ∫e(Re⁡s)x dA(x)<∞\int e^{(\operatorname{Re}s)x}\,dA(x)<\infty∫e(Res)xdA(x)<∞. The division is stated only where A∗(−s)B∗(s)≠1A^*(-s)B^*(s)\ne1A∗(−s)B∗(s)=1.
  • (6.18) and (6.19) with the denominator 1−zceλ(1−z)1-z^ce^{\lambda(1-z)}1−zceλ(1−z) cleared on ∣z∣≤1|z|\le1∣z∣≤1, and (6.20) for c≥2c\ge2c≥2. The roots z1,…,zc−1z_1,\dots,z_{c-1}z1​,…,zc−1​ are hypotheses: distinct, ≠1\ne1=1, and exhausting the roots in the closed disk.
  • (6.33) as the unique maximizer of −λt−μtb+naln⁡λ+ncln⁡μ-\lambda t-\mu t_b+n_a\ln\lambda+n_c\ln\mu−λt−μtb​+na​lnλ+nc​lnμ over λ,μ>0\lambda,\mu>0λ,μ>0.

A stationary delay distribution is a fixed point of the law map of the recursion, not an arbitrary CDF assumed to satisfy (6.8). A statement of (6.8) for "any CDF with Wq=Wq∗UW_q=W_q*UWq​=Wq​∗U on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞)" would assume its own conclusion, and is excluded. The statement for M/D/c includes existence of a steady state under λ<c\lambda<cλ<c as well as the formula for every steady state.

Not formalized: §6.1.1–6.1.2 (G/PH_k/1, quasi-birth–death processes), §6.4 (semi-Markov processes, whose limit theorems the book quotes without hypotheses), §6.5 (random-order and last-come service, series representations), §6.6 (design and control), and the rest of §6.7.

Contributions are welcome on the random-walk representation of the recursion, on the existence theorem under ρ<1\rho<1ρ<1, and on the transform identities. The first two are reusable for any single-server or storage model driven by a reflected random walk.

Selected references

  • D. Gross, J. F. Shortle, J. M. Thompson, C. M. Harris, Fundamentals of Queueing Theory, 4th ed., Wiley, 2008. https://doi.org/10.1002/9781118625651
  • D. V. Lindley, "The theory of queues with a single server", Mathematical Proceedings of the Cambridge Philosophical Society 48(2), 1952. https://doi.org/10.1017/S0305004100027638
  • R. M. Loynes, "The stability of a queue with non-independent inter-arrival and service times", Mathematical Proceedings of the Cambridge Philosophical Society 58(3), 1962. https://doi.org/10.1017/S0305004100036094
  • W. Feller, An Introduction to Probability Theory and Its Applications, Vol. II, 2nd ed., Wiley, 1971.
  • A. B. Clarke, "Maximum likelihood estimates in a simple queue", Annals of Mathematical Statistics 28(4), 1957. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoms/1177706796
  • M. L. Chaudhry, C. M. Harris, W. G. Marchal, "Robustness of rootfinding in single-server queueing models", ORSA Journal on Computing 2(3), 1990. https://doi.org/10.1287/ijoc.2.3.273
12 thms2 active usersReviewed
Convex OptimizationOperations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Numerical Techniques for Stochastic Optimization IV: Nonstationary Optimization and a Convergence Criterion for Nonmonotone SequencesTextbook

Motivation

Many stochastic and nondifferentiable optimization problems are not solved by minimizing their true objective f0f^0f0 directly: f0f^0f0 may be nonsmooth, an expectation that cannot be evaluated, or only approximately known. A standard remedy replaces f0f^0f0 by a sequence of "good" approximations F0(⋅,s)F^0(\cdot, s)F0(⋅,s) (smoothed versions, sample averages, perturbations) that converge to f0f^0f0, and runs one step of a descent method on the current approximation at every iteration. Approximation and optimization then proceed simultaneously. More generally, in nonstationary optimization the objective F0(⋅,s)F^0(\cdot, s)F0(⋅,s) and the feasible set XsX_sXs​ change with the iteration number sss, and the iterates xsx^sxs are required to follow the time path of the optimal solutions,

lim⁡s→∞[F0(xs,s)−min⁡{F0(x,s)∣x∈Xs}]=0.\lim_{s\to\infty}\bigl[F^0(x^s, s) - \min\{F^0(x, s) \mid x \in X_s\}\bigr] = 0 .s→∞lim​[F0(xs,s)−min{F0(x,s)∣x∈Xs​}]=0.

Such procedures are essentially nonmonotone: a step on F0(⋅,s)F^0(\cdot, s)F0(⋅,s) gives no guarantee of decrease of F0(⋅,t)F^0(\cdot, t)F0(⋅,t) for t≥s+1t \ge s+1t≥s+1, nor of f0f^0f0. Their convergence therefore cannot be proved by the usual monotone Lyapunov argument. Section 6.4 of Yu. Ermoliev's chapter "Stochastic Quasigradient Methods" in Ermoliev & Wets (eds.), Numerical Techniques for Stochastic Optimization (Springer 1988), gives the basic deterministic convergence theorem for this setting (Theorem 6.3) and the convergence criterion for nonmonotone sequences on which its proof rests (Theorem 6.4, taken from Ermoliev's 1976 monograph; the chapter compares its conditions with Zangwill's necessary and sufficient convergence conditions).

Timeline, as recorded in the chapter's bibliography (pp. 180–181): Ermoliev and Nurminski introduced limit extremal problems, in which F0(⋅,s)F^0(\cdot, s)F0(⋅,s) and XsX_sXs​ both converge ("Limit extremal problems", Kibernetika 1973, [14]); Nurminski gave convergence conditions for stochastic programming algorithms (Kibernetika 1973, [11]); Gupal treated time-varying functions (Kibernetika 1974, [15]); Ermoliev's monograph Stochastic Programming Methods (Nauka, 1976, [5]) contains the criterion stated here as Theorem 6.4 (p. 181); Nurminski formulated the general problem of nonstationary optimization (Kibernetika 1977, [16]); and Gaivoronski proved convergence of stochastic nonstationary procedures (Kibernetika 1978, [19]), the source of the chapter's Theorem 6.5.

Setting

Throughout, points are vectors of Rn\mathbb R^nRn with the Euclidean norm ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\|∥⋅∥ and inner product ⟨⋅,⋅⟩\langle\cdot,\cdot\rangle⟨⋅,⋅⟩.

  • The projection onto a nonempty closed convex set X⊆RnX \subseteq \mathbb R^nX⊆Rn is πX(y)=arg⁡min⁡{∥y−x∥2:x∈X}\pi_X(y) = \arg\min\{\|y - x\|^2 : x \in X\}πX​(y)=argmin{∥y−x∥2:x∈X}, the unique nearest point of XXX to yyy.
  • A subgradient of a convex function F:Rn→RF : \mathbb R^n \to \mathbb RF:Rn→R at xxx is a vector ggg with F(y)≥F(x)+⟨g,y−x⟩F(y) \ge F(x) + \langle g, y - x\rangleF(y)≥F(x)+⟨g,y−x⟩ for all yyy. The book writes Fx0(x,s)F^0_x(x, s)Fx0​(x,s) for a subgradient of F0(⋅,s)F^0(\cdot, s)F0(⋅,s) at xxx.
  • The nonstationary projected subgradient method (6.41) starts from any x0∈Rnx^0 \in \mathbb R^nx0∈Rn and sets
xs+1=πX[xs−ρsgs],gs a subgradient of F0(⋅,s) at xs,s=0,1,…x^{s+1} = \pi_X\bigl[x^s - \rho_s g_s\bigr], \qquad g_s \text{ a subgradient of } F^0(\cdot, s) \text{ at } x^s,\quad s = 0, 1, \dotsxs+1=πX​[xs−ρs​gs​],gs​ a subgradient of F0(⋅,s) at xs,s=0,1,…

with step sizes ρs≥0\rho_s \ge 0ρs​≥0.

  • For a closed set X∗X^*X∗ (in the application, the set of minimizers of f0f^0f0 on XXX) and a sequence (xs)(x^s)(xs), the exit time from the ε\varepsilonε-ball around xskx^{s_k}xsk​ is τk=min⁡{s≥sk:∥xs−xsk∥>ε}\tau_k = \min\{s \ge s_k : \|x^s - x^{s_k}\| > \varepsilon\}τk​=min{s≥sk​:∥xs−xsk​∥>ε}.
  • The Lyapunov function of the proof is V(x)=min⁡x∗∈X∗∥x∗−x∥2V(x) = \min_{x^* \in X^*}\|x^* - x\|^2V(x)=minx∗∈X∗​∥x∗−x∥2, the squared distance to X∗X^*X∗.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 6.3 (pp. 153–154)

Let F0(⋅,s)F^0(\cdot, s)F0(⋅,s) and f0f^0f0 be convex continuous on Rn\mathbb R^nRn, XXX a nonempty convex compact set, F0(⋅,s)→f0F^0(\cdot, s) \to f^0F0(⋅,s)→f0 uniformly on XXX, ∥gs∥≤C\|g_s\| \le C∥gs​∥≤C, ρs≥0\rho_s \ge 0ρs​≥0, ρs→0\rho_s \to 0ρs​→0 and ∑sρs=∞\sum_s \rho_s = \infty∑s​ρs​=∞. Then the iterates of (6.41) satisfy

F0(xs,s)⟶min⁡{f0(x)∣x∈X}(s→∞).F^0(x^s, s) \longrightarrow \min\{f^0(x) \mid x \in X\} \qquad (s \to \infty).F0(xs,s)⟶min{f0(x)∣x∈X}(s→∞).

The statement fixes no rate and no constant: only the qualitative limit, which is what the book proves.

Milestones

  1. p. 155 — the one-step recursion V(xs+1)≤V(xs)+2ρs⟨gs,x∗(s)−xs⟩+ρs2∥gs∥2V(x^{s+1}) \le V(x^s) + 2\rho_s\langle g_s, x^*(s) - x^s\rangle + \rho_s^2\|g_s\|^2V(xs+1)≤V(xs)+2ρs​⟨gs​,x∗(s)−xs⟩+ρs2​∥gs​∥2, with x∗(s)x^*(s)x∗(s) a point of X∗X^*X∗ nearest to xsx^sxs.
  2. p. 156 — the travel bound ∥xb−xa∥≤∑s=ab−1∥xs+1−xs∥≤C∑s=ab−1ρs\|x^b - x^a\| \le \sum_{s=a}^{b-1}\|x^{s+1} - x^s\| \le C\sum_{s=a}^{b-1}\rho_s∥xb−xa∥≤∑s=ab−1​∥xs+1−xs∥≤C∑s=ab−1​ρs​ along (6.41) once xa∈Xx^a \in Xxa∈X.
  3. p. 155 — conditions (1) and (2)(a) of Theorem 6.4 for (6.41): the iterates stay in a compact set and ∥xs+1−xs∥→0\|x^{s+1} - x^s\| \to 0∥xs+1−xs∥→0.
  4. Theorem 6.4 (p. 155) — if X∗X^*X∗ is closed, (xs)(x^s)(xs) lies in a compact set, steps vanish along subsequences converging into X∗X^*X∗, the sequence leaves every small ball around a subsequential limit outside X∗X^*X∗, and it leaves with a strictly lower value of a continuous VVV that takes countably many values on X∗X^*X∗, then V(xs)V(x^s)V(xs) converges and all accumulation points lie in X∗X^*X∗.
  5. pp. 155–156 — conditions (2)(b) and (3) of Theorem 6.4 for (6.41) with X∗=arg⁡min⁡Xf0X^* = \arg\min_X f^0X∗=argminX​f0 and V=dist⁡(⋅,X∗)2V = \operatorname{dist}(\cdot, X^*)^2V=dist(⋅,X∗)2:
lim sup⁡k→∞V(xτk)<lim⁡k→∞V(xsk).\limsup_{k\to\infty} V(x^{\tau_k}) < \lim_{k\to\infty} V(x^{s_k}).k→∞limsup​V(xτk​)<k→∞lim​V(xsk​).

Significance

Theorem 6.3 is the prototype of the convergence results for simultaneous optimization and approximation. It covers smoothing schemes in which f0f^0f0 is replaced by F0(x,s)=Ef0(x+h(s))F^0(x, s) = \mathbb E f^0(x + h(s))F0(x,s)=Ef0(x+h(s)) with a vanishing perturbation h(s)h(s)h(s) (the chapter's (6.39)–(6.40)), penalty and regularization sequences, and the deterministic skeleton of stochastic nonstationary methods such as Theorem 6.5. Theorem 6.4 is reusable well beyond this mission: it is a general tool for proving that accumulation points of a nonmonotone algorithm are solutions; the chapter introduces it as the tool for "essentially nonmonotonic solution procedures" in general.

Both results are classical and proved (Theorem 6.3 in the chapter itself, Theorem 6.4 in Ermoliev's 1976 monograph, whose proof the chapter cites but does not reproduce). No machine-checked proof of either is known to the platform's catalogue (searches for nonstationary optimization, Zangwill-type criteria and nonmonotone convergence return no match). The formalization adds a Lean statement and proof of a nonmonotone convergence criterion, a Lean proof of convergence for projected subgradient steps on a changing objective, and reusable facts about Euclidean projection onto a convex compact set.

Difficulty

The obvious argument for projected subgradient methods tracks V(xs)=dist⁡(xs,X∗)2V(x^s) = \operatorname{dist}(x^s, X^*)^2V(xs)=dist(xs,X∗)2 and shows that it decreases whenever xsx^sxs is far from X∗X^*X∗. Here that argument fails at two points. First, the subgradient is taken on F0(⋅,s)F^0(\cdot, s)F0(⋅,s), not on f0f^0f0, so the decrease of VVV holds only up to an error controlled by sup⁡X∣F0(⋅,s)−f0∣\sup_X|F^0(\cdot, s) - f^0|supX​∣F0(⋅,s)−f0∣, and only while the iterate stays away from X∗X^*X∗; near X∗X^*X∗, VVV may increase. Second, a decrease of VVV over each excursion does not by itself exclude "cycling": the sequence may visit every neighbourhood of a point x′∉X∗x' \notin X^*x′∈/X∗ infinitely often. Theorem 6.4 is formulated in terms of exit times and subsequences rather than single steps for this reason, and its hypothesis that VVV takes only countably many values on X∗X^*X∗ is what separates it from a monotone-descent statement.

Formalization scope

  • Rn\mathbb R^nRn is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n); sequences are indexed by ℕ from s=0s = 0s=0 as in the book. The iteration (6.41) is a hypothesis on a given sequence, x (s+1) = projX X (x s - ρ s • g s), with a given selection of subgradients g s; the subgradient inequality is required on all of Rn\mathbb R^nRn, and F0(⋅,s)F^0(\cdot, s)F0(⋅,s), f0f^0f0 are convex and continuous on all of Rn\mathbb R^nRn.
  • projX X y is a minimizer of ∥y−x∥2\|y - x\|^2∥y−x∥2 over XXX (junk value yyy when none exists; every statement assumes XXX nonempty, closed and convex). optimalSet f X is the set of minimizers of fff on XXX; VVV is Metric.infDist · X* ^ 2.
  • Added hypotheses the page does not print: ρs≥0\rho_s \ge 0ρs​≥0 (step sizes are nonnegative throughout the chapter) and X≠∅X \ne \varnothingX=∅ (the minimum over XXX must exist). The limit min⁡Xf0\min_X f^0minX​f0 is written sInf (f '' X); ∑sρs=∞\sum_s\rho_s = \infty∑s​ρs​=∞ is divergence of the partial sums.
  • Constants. The only unspecified constant is the CCC of the travel bound on p. 156 ("where CCC is a constant"); the proof yields CCC = the bound of hypothesis (d), ∥gs∥≤C\|g_s\| \le C∥gs​∥≤C, and that is the constant in milestone 2. All other results are qualitative.
  • Corrections of the page. (i) Theorem 6.4 (2)(b) is printed as "τk=min⁡{s∣s≥sk,∥xsk−xs∥<ε}>∞\tau_k = \min\{s \mid s \ge s_k, \|x^{s_k} - x^s\| < \varepsilon\} > \inftyτk​=min{s∣s≥sk​,∥xsk​−xs∥<ε}>∞", which no sequence satisfies; following the proof of Theorem 6.3 it is read as: τk=min⁡{s≥sk:∥xs−xsk∥>ε}\tau_k = \min\{s \ge s_k : \|x^s - x^{s_k}\| > \varepsilon\}τk​=min{s≥sk​:∥xs−xsk​∥>ε} is finite. "For ε\varepsilonε sufficiently small and for any sks_ksk​" is read as "there is ε0>0\varepsilon_0 > 0ε0​>0 such that for all ε∈(0,ε0)\varepsilon \in (0,\varepsilon_0)ε∈(0,ε0​) and all kkk", and condition (3) is imposed for the same ε\varepsilonε. (ii) The left limit in (3) is read as lim sup⁡\limsuplimsup (the proof prints lim⁡‾\overline{\lim}lim); the right limit is V(x′)V(x')V(x′). (iii) The display on p. 155 prints "===" where the projection gives "≤\le≤". (iv) The proof on p. 155 prints "xsk→x′∈X∗x^{s_k} \to x' \in X^*xsk​→x′∈X∗" where x′∉X∗x' \notin X^*x′∈/X∗ is meant.
  • Theorem 6.5 (the stochastic version, p. 156) is not formalized: the chapter states it without proof, citing [19], its moment hypothesis E∥ξ0(s)∥<constE\|\xi^0(s)\| < \mathrm{const}E∥ξ0(s)∥<const and the measurability of the random step sizes ρs\rho_sρs​ are not pinned down on the page, and it is not used by Theorem 6.3.
  • A trivializing formalization is ruled out: the goal is about the iteration (6.41) itself, not a statement that assumes xs→X∗x^s \to X^*xs→X∗ and derives the limit of the values, and no hypothesis forces the sequence or the functions to be constant.
  • Contributions welcome: properties of projX (existence, uniqueness, nonexpansiveness, the obtuse-angle characterization), a proof of Theorem 6.4, and the two proof steps on pp. 155–156.

Selected references

  • Yu. Ermoliev, "Stochastic Quasigradient Methods", in Yu. Ermoliev and R. J-B Wets (eds.), Numerical Techniques for Stochastic Optimization, Springer Series in Computational Mathematics 10, Springer 1988, Ch. 6, pp. 141–185 (§6.4, pp. 152–156). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-642-61370-8
  • Yu. M. Ermoliev, Stochastic Programming Methods (in Russian), Nauka, Moscow, 1976 (the chapter's [5]; Theorem 6.4 is on p. 181).
  • Yu. M. Ermoliev and E. A. Nurminski, "Limit extremal problems", Kibernetika 1 (1973) (the chapter's [14]).
  • E. A. Nurminski, "Convergence conditions of algorithms of stochastic programming", Kibernetika 3 (1973) (the chapter's [11]).
  • E. A. Nurminski, "The problem of nonstationary optimization", Kibernetika 2 (1977) (the chapter's [16]).
  • A. A. Gaivoronski, "Nonstationary stochastic programming problems", Kibernetika 4 (1978) (the chapter's [19]).
  • W. I. Zangwill, Nonlinear Programming: A Unified Approach, Prentice-Hall, 1969.
8 thms2 active usersReviewed
Markov ChainOperations ResearchStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Fundamentals of Queueing Theory II: Erlang's Formulas and the Halfin–Whitt Square-Root Staffing LawTextbook

Why birth–death queues and Erlang's formulas

Every call center, hospital ward, cloud server pool and telephone exchange that is sized by formula is sized by one of a handful of explicit expressions from Markovian queueing theory. The two oldest are A. K. Erlang's: the Erlang-B (loss) formula of 1917, which gives the fraction of calls lost when ccc trunks carry an offered load of rrr erlangs, and the Erlang-C formula, which gives the probability that a customer of a ccc-server queue must wait. Both are still the default dimensioning rules of telecommunications and call-center workforce management (Gans, Koole & Mandelbaum 2003).

This mission formalizes Chapter 2, §§2.1–2.10, of Gross, Shortle, Thompson and Harris, Fundamentals of Queueing Theory, 4th ed. (Wiley 2008), which derives these formulas from a single result about birth–death processes and closes with the modern answer to the staffing question.

Timeline. Erlang (1917) obtained the loss formula; Vaulot (1927), Pollaczek (1932), Palm (1938) and Kosten (1948) completed its proof for general service times. Halfin and Whitt (1981) showed that in the M/M/nM/M/nM/M/n queue the delay probability converges to a limit strictly between 000 and 111 exactly when the number of servers exceeds the offered load by an amount of order n\sqrt nn​. This is the quality-and-efficiency-driven (QED) regime on which square-root staffing rests.

Setting

A birth–death process is a continuous-time Markov chain on the states n∈{0,1,2,… }n \in \{0, 1, 2, \dots\}n∈{0,1,2,…} that moves from nnn to n+1n+1n+1 at rate λn≥0\lambda_n \ge 0λn​≥0 (a birth, or arrival) and, for n≥1n \ge 1n≥1, from nnn to n−1n-1n−1 at rate μn>0\mu_n > 0μn​>0 (a death, or departure). A steady-state solution is a probability sequence {pn}\{p_n\}{pn​} (pn≥0p_n \ge 0pn​≥0, ∑npn=1\sum_n p_n = 1∑n​pn​=1) solving the global balance equations (2.1):

(λn+μn)pn=λn−1pn−1+μn+1pn+1 (n≥1),λ0p0=μ1p1.(\lambda_n + \mu_n)p_n = \lambda_{n-1}p_{n-1} + \mu_{n+1}p_{n+1}\ (n \ge 1), \qquad \lambda_0 p_0 = \mu_1 p_1.(λn​+μn​)pn​=λn−1​pn−1​+μn+1​pn+1​ (n≥1),λ0​p0​=μ1​p1​.

The queues of the chapter are birth–death processes with particular rates. The M/M/1M/M/1M/M/1 queue has λn=λ\lambda_n = \lambdaλn​=λ, μn=μ\mu_n = \muμn​=μ and traffic intensity ρ=λ/μ\rho = \lambda/\muρ=λ/μ. The M/M/cM/M/cM/M/c queue has λn=λ\lambda_n = \lambdaλn​=λ, μn=min⁡(n,c)μ\mu_n = \min(n, c)\muμn​=min(n,c)μ (2.30), offered load r=λ/μr = \lambda/\mur=λ/μ and ρ=r/c\rho = r/cρ=r/c. The M/M/c/cM/M/c/cM/M/c/c loss system is the same with λn=0\lambda_n = 0λn​=0 for n≥cn \ge cn≥c. The M/M/∞M/M/\inftyM/M/∞ queue has μn=nμ\mu_n = n\muμn​=nμ.

The explicit functions are the Erlang-B formula

B(c,r)=rc/c!∑i=0cri/i!,B(c, r) = \frac{r^c/c!}{\sum_{i=0}^{c} r^i/i!},B(c,r)=∑i=0c​ri/i!rc/c!​,

the Erlang-C formula, defined for ρ=r/c<1\rho = r/c < 1ρ=r/c<1,

C(c,r)=rc/(c!(1−ρ))rc/(c!(1−ρ))+∑n=0c−1rn/n!,C(c, r) = \frac{r^c/(c!(1-\rho))}{r^c/(c!(1-\rho)) + \sum_{n=0}^{c-1} r^n/n!},C(c,r)=rc/(c!(1−ρ))+∑n=0c−1​rn/n!rc/(c!(1−ρ))​,

and, with ϕ\phiϕ, Φ\PhiΦ the standard normal density and distribution function,

α(β)=ϕ(β)ϕ(β)+βΦ(β).\alpha(\beta) = \frac{\phi(\beta)}{\phi(\beta) + \beta\Phi(\beta)}.α(β)=ϕ(β)+βΦ(β)ϕ(β)​.

Formalization targets

Goal: the Halfin–Whitt theorem (§2.4, p.75)

For offered loads 0<rn<n0 < r_n < n0<rn​<n,

lim⁡n→∞C(n,rn)=α∈(0,1)  ⟺  lim⁡n→∞n−rnn=β>0,α=α(β).\lim_{n\to\infty} C(n, r_n) = \alpha \in (0,1) \iff \lim_{n\to\infty} \frac{n - r_n}{\sqrt n} = \beta > 0, \qquad \alpha = \alpha(\beta).n→∞lim​C(n,rn​)=α∈(0,1)⟺n→∞lim​n​n−rn​​=β>0,α=α(β).

It is stated as three facts: α\alphaα maps (0,∞)(0, \infty)(0,∞) into (0,1)(0, 1)(0,1); each α∈(0,1)\alpha \in (0, 1)α∈(0,1) has exactly one preimage β>0\beta > 0β>0; and for every β>0\beta > 0β>0 the two limits are equivalent.

Milestones

  1. (2.3)–(2.4): the steady-state solution of a general birth–death process, pn=p0∏i=1nλi−1/μip_n = p_0\prod_{i=1}^n \lambda_{i-1}/\mu_ipn​=p0​∏i=1n​λi−1​/μi​, and its existence if and only if 1+∑n≥1∏i=1nλi−1/μi<∞1 + \sum_{n\ge1}\prod_{i=1}^n \lambda_{i-1}/\mu_i < \infty1+∑n≥1​∏i=1n​λi−1​/μi​<∞.
  2. (2.9): M/M/1M/M/1M/M/1, pn=(1−ρ)ρnp_n = (1-\rho)\rho^npn​=(1−ρ)ρn, existing iff ρ<1\rho < 1ρ<1.
  3. (2.31)–(2.32): the M/M/cM/M/cM/M/c law, existing iff λ/(cμ)<1\lambda/(c\mu) < 1λ/(cμ)<1.
  4. (2.33): Lq=rcρ p0/(c!(1−ρ)2)L_q = r^c\rho\,p_0/(c!(1-\rho)^2)Lq​=rcρp0​/(c!(1−ρ)2).
  5. (2.37)–(2.38): 1−∑n<cpn=C(c,r)1 - \sum_{n<c} p_n = C(c, r)1−∑n<c​pn​=C(c,r).
  6. (2.52)–(2.53): the M/M/c/cM/M/c/cM/M/c/c law and pc=B(c,r)p_c = B(c, r)pc​=B(c,r).
  7. (2.54): B(c,r)=rB(c−1,r)/(c+rB(c−1,r))B(c, r) = rB(c-1, r)/(c + rB(c-1, r))B(c,r)=rB(c−1,r)/(c+rB(c−1,r)), B(0,r)=1B(0, r) = 1B(0,r)=1.
  8. (2.55): C(c,r)=cB(c,r)/(c−r+rB(c,r))C(c, r) = cB(c, r)/(c - r + rB(c, r))C(c,r)=cB(c,r)/(c−r+rB(c,r)).
  9. (2.57): M/M/∞M/M/\inftyM/M/∞, pn=rne−r/n!p_n = r^n e^{-r}/n!pn​=rne−r/n!.

Significance

The results. Items 1–9 are the working formulas of Markovian capacity planning: a stationary law for each basic model and the measures read off from it. (2.54) and (2.55) are how BBB and CCC are computed in practice, since the factorials of the closed forms overflow for c>170c > 170c>170. The Halfin–Whitt theorem is the reason the rule c≈r+βrc \approx r + \beta\sqrt rc≈r+βr​ holds a fixed service level, and it is the entry point to the QED heavy-traffic literature (diffusion limits of many-server queues, Garnett–Mandelbaum–Reiman, Gamarnik–Momčilović).

Formalizing them. All results are classical and proved in the literature. The book states the Halfin–Whitt theorem without proof, and (2.54)–(2.55) are left to exercises. The formalization would supply machine-checked versions of the Erlang identities and of the Halfin–Whitt limit theorem. No Lean development of either was found on the platform when this mission was drafted. A related Erlang-B statement from Kelly and Yudovina is on the platform, stated with detailed balance on a finite state space.

Difficulty

The stationary laws are induction plus geometric and exponential series, and the Erlang identities are finite algebra. The difficulty is concentrated in the goal. C(n,rn)C(n, r_n)C(n,rn​) is a ratio of a Poisson-type tail to a truncated exponential sum in which both nnn and rnr_nrn​ grow. The naive route, substituting Stirling's formula term by term, fails: the sums have Θ(n)\Theta(\sqrt n)Θ(n​) significant terms, each of relative size exp⁡(−k2/2n)\exp(-k^2/2n)exp(−k2/2n), and the error has to be controlled uniformly over them. The converse direction also requires showing that α(⋅)\alpha(\cdot)α(⋅) is strictly monotone. Without that, convergence of C(n,rn)C(n, r_n)C(n,rn​) does not force convergence of (n−rn)/n(n - r_n)/\sqrt n(n−rn​)/n​.

Formalization scope

Rates are real sequences indexed by N\mathbb NN, and a steady-state solution is a real sequence with HasSum p 1, nonnegative entries, and the balance equations (2.1) exactly as printed (global balance, not detailed balance). Every "the steady-state solution is X" is stated in both halves: X is a steady-state solution, and every steady-state solution equals X; the book's existence conditions (ρ<1\rho < 1ρ<1, λ/(cμ)<1\lambda/(c\mu) < 1λ/(cμ)<1, convergence of the series) are part of the statements. The M/M/c/cM/M/c/cM/M/c/c system is the N\mathbb NN-indexed process with λn=0\lambda_n = 0λn​=0 for n≥cn \ge cn≥c, as §2.5 sets it up; the statement records that states above ccc carry no mass.

The closed forms that are fixed in Lean: ∏i=1nλi−1/μi\prod_{i=1}^n \lambda_{i-1}/\mu_i∏i=1n​λi−1​/μi​ over Finset.Icc 1 n; B(c,r)B(c, r)B(c,r) and C(c,r)C(c, r)C(c,r) exactly as displayed above; ϕ\phiϕ = gaussianPDFReal 0 1, Φ\PhiΦ = the CDF of gaussianReal 0 1; Wq(0)=∑n=0c−1pnW_q(0) = \sum_{n=0}^{c-1} p_nWq​(0)=∑n=0c−1​pn​, as evaluated on p.69; Lq=∑n>c(n−c)pnL_q = \sum_{n > c}(n - c)p_nLq​=∑n>c​(n−c)pn​ as a convergent series.

C(c,r)C(c, r)C(c,r) is a total function in Lean, but its value for r≥cr \ge cr≥c carries no meaning. The goal assumes 0<rn<n0 < r_n < n0<rn​<n for n≥1n \ge 1n≥1, the book's standing condition ρ<1\rho < 1ρ<1. A statement about some other function with the same limiting behaviour, or with BBB and CCC left abstract, would not be this mission. Neither would one-directional or existence-only versions of the stationary laws.

Not included: the waiting-time distributions (2.28) and (2.39), which need an FCFS waiting-time model with arrival-point probabilities; the M/M/c/KM/M/c/KM/M/c/K measures (2.45)–(2.48); finite-source and state-dependent models (§§2.8–2.10). Useful contributions beyond the milestones are Poisson tail estimates at the n\sqrt nn​ scale and monotonicity of α(β)\alpha(\beta)α(β). Both are reusable in other many-server heavy-traffic statements.

Selected references

  • D. Gross, J. F. Shortle, J. M. Thompson, C. M. Harris, Fundamentals of Queueing Theory, 4th ed., Wiley, 2008. https://doi.org/10.1002/9781118625651
  • S. Halfin, W. Whitt, Heavy-traffic limits for queues with many exponential servers, Operations Research 29(3), 567–588, 1981. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.29.3.567
  • N. Gans, G. Koole, A. Mandelbaum, Telephone call centers: tutorial, review, and research prospects, Manufacturing & Service Operations Management 5(2), 79–141, 2003. https://doi.org/10.1287/msom.5.2.79.16071
  • A. K. Erlang, Solution of some problems in the theory of probabilities of significance in automatic telephone exchanges, Elektroteknikeren 13, 1917 (English translation in The Life and Works of A. K. Erlang, 1948).
  • F. P. Kelly, E. Yudovina, Stochastic Networks, Cambridge University Press, 2014. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9781139565363
12 thms2 active usersReviewed
Algorithmic Game TheoryLinear OptimizationMechanism Design+1·Captain: mikedeng1

An Introduction to the Theory of Mechanism Design VII: Crémer–McLean Full Surplus Extraction with Correlated TypesTextbook

Motivation

Bayesian mechanism design asks which collective decisions and payments a designer can implement when every agent holds private information, the type, drawn from a commonly known prior. Most of the classical theory (Myerson's optimal auction, the Myerson–Satterthwaite impossibility, the public goods results) assumes that types are independent. Once types are correlated, as they are when bidders' values share a common component, the theory changes in a way that is best read as a paradox: Crémer and McLean (Econometrica 1988) showed that a designer can then extract the entire surplus, leaving agents no information rents. This mission formalizes Chapter 6 of Börgers, An Introduction to the Theory of Mechanism Design (Oxford University Press 2015), which sets up Bayesian mechanism design in general, treats independent types, and proves the Crémer–McLean theorem, together with the one numbered result of Chapter 9, the impossibility theorem of Jehiel and Moldovanu for interdependent values.

Timeline of the results formalized here:

  • Rochet (1987) characterized implementable decision rules by cyclical monotonicity; Proposition 6.1 is its interim version for independent types.
  • Crémer and McLean (1988): under their condition on the prior, every direct mechanism can be made Bayesian incentive-compatible without changing its decision rule or interim payments (Proposition 6.4).
  • Krishna and Maenner (2001): revenue equivalence for convex type sets and convex utilities (Proposition 6.2).
  • Jehiel and Moldovanu (2001): with interdependent values, efficient decisions are generically not Bayesian implementable (Proposition 9.1).
  • Kosenok and Severinov (2008): an identifiability condition added to Crémer–McLean gives ex post budget balance as well (Proposition 6.6).

Setting

There are finitely many agents i∈Ii \in Ii∈I and a set AAA of alternatives. Agent iii has a type θi∈Θi\theta_i \in \Theta_iθi​∈Θi​ and utility ui(a,θi)−tiu_i(a,\theta_i) - t_iui​(a,θi​)−ti​ from alternative aaa and payment tit_iti​. Types θ=(θ1,…,θN)∈Θ=∏iΘi\theta = (\theta_1,\dots,\theta_N) \in \Theta = \prod_i \Theta_iθ=(θ1​,…,θN​)∈Θ=∏i​Θi​ are drawn from a common prior μ\muμ; μ(⋅∣θi)\mu(\cdot\mid\theta_i)μ(⋅∣θi​) is the conditional distribution of the others' types θ−i\theta_{-i}θ−i​ given θi\theta_iθi​. Types are independent if μ(⋅∣θi)\mu(\cdot\mid\theta_i)μ(⋅∣θi​) does not depend on θi\theta_iθi​.

A direct mechanism (q,t1,…,tN)(q, t_1,\dots,t_N)(q,t1​,…,tN​) is a decision rule q:Θ→Aq:\Theta\to Aq:Θ→A and payment rules ti:Θ→Rt_i:\Theta\to\mathbb Rti​:Θ→R. It is Bayesian incentive-compatible (BIC) if for every iii and all θi,θi′\theta_i,\theta_i'θi​,θi′​,

∫Θ−iui(q(θi,θ−i),θi)−ti(θi,θ−i) dμ(θ−i∣θi) ≥ ∫Θ−iui(q(θi′,θ−i),θi)−ti(θi′,θ−i) dμ(θ−i∣θi).\int_{\Theta_{-i}} u_i(q(\theta_i,\theta_{-i}),\theta_i) - t_i(\theta_i,\theta_{-i})\,d\mu(\theta_{-i}\mid\theta_i) \ \ge\ \int_{\Theta_{-i}} u_i(q(\theta_i',\theta_{-i}),\theta_i) - t_i(\theta_i',\theta_{-i})\,d\mu(\theta_{-i}\mid\theta_i).∫Θ−i​​ui​(q(θi​,θ−i​),θi​)−ti​(θi​,θ−i​)dμ(θ−i​∣θi​) ≥ ∫Θ−i​​ui​(q(θi′​,θ−i​),θi​)−ti​(θi′​,θ−i​)dμ(θ−i​∣θi​).

The interim decision rule Qi(θi)Q_i(\theta_i)Qi​(θi​) is the distribution of q(θi,θ−i)q(\theta_i,\theta_{-i})q(θi​,θ−i​) given θi\theta_iθi​, and the interim expected payment is Ti(θi)=∫ti(θi,θ−i) dμ(θ−i∣θi)T_i(\theta_i) = \int t_i(\theta_i,\theta_{-i})\,d\mu(\theta_{-i}\mid\theta_i)Ti​(θi​)=∫ti​(θi​,θ−i​)dμ(θ−i​∣θi​). A mechanism is ex post budget balanced if ∑iti(θ)=0\sum_i t_i(\theta) = 0∑i​ti​(θ)=0 for every θ\thetaθ, and ex ante budget balanced if ∫Θ∑iti dμ=0\int_\Theta \sum_i t_i\,d\mu = 0∫Θ​∑i​ti​dμ=0.

In §6.4 every Θi\Theta_iΘi​ is finite and μ(θ)>0\mu(\theta) > 0μ(θ)>0 for every θ\thetaθ. The prior satisfies the Crémer–McLean condition if for no agent iii and type θi\theta_iθi​ there are weights λ≥0\lambda \ge 0λ≥0 on Θi∖{θi}\Theta_i\setminus\{\theta_i\}Θi​∖{θi​} with

μ(θ−i∣θi)=∑θi′≠θiλ(θi′) μ(θ−i∣θi′)for all θ−i.\mu(\theta_{-i}\mid\theta_i) = \sum_{\theta_i'\ne\theta_i}\lambda(\theta_i')\,\mu(\theta_{-i}\mid\theta_i')\quad\text{for all }\theta_{-i}.μ(θ−i​∣θi​)=θi′​=θi​∑​λ(θi′​)μ(θ−i​∣θi′​)for all θ−i​.

Identifiability requires that for every full-support distribution ν≠μ\nu\ne\muν=μ some agent's type θi\theta_iθi​ has a belief ν(⋅∣θi)\nu(\cdot\mid\theta_i)ν(⋅∣θi​) that is not a nonnegative combination of the beliefs μ(⋅∣θi′)\mu(\cdot\mid\theta_i')μ(⋅∣θi′​).

Formalization targets

Goal: Crémer–McLean (Proposition 6.4)

If μ\muμ satisfies the Crémer–McLean condition, then for every direct mechanism (q,t)(q,t)(q,t) there is a BIC direct mechanism (q,t′)(q,t')(q,t′) with

∑θ−iti(θi,θ−i) μ(θ−i∣θi)=∑θ−iti′(θi,θ−i) μ(θ−i∣θi)for all i,θi.\sum_{\theta_{-i}} t_i(\theta_i,\theta_{-i})\,\mu(\theta_{-i}\mid\theta_i) = \sum_{\theta_{-i}} t_i'(\theta_i,\theta_{-i})\,\mu(\theta_{-i}\mid\theta_i)\quad\text{for all } i,\theta_i.θ−i​∑​ti​(θi​,θ−i​)μ(θ−i​∣θi​)=θ−i​∑​ti′​(θi​,θ−i​)μ(θ−i​∣θi​)for all i,θi​.

Milestones

  1. Proposition 6.1 (independent types): qqq is part of a BIC mechanism iff it is interim cyclically monotone, ∑κ=1k−1(∫Aui(a,θiκ+1) dQi(θiκ)−∫Aui(a,θiκ) dQi(θiκ))≤0\sum_{\kappa=1}^{k-1}\big(\int_A u_i(a,\theta_i^{\kappa+1})\,dQ_i(\theta_i^\kappa) - \int_A u_i(a,\theta_i^\kappa)\,dQ_i(\theta_i^\kappa)\big)\le 0∑κ=1k−1​(∫A​ui​(a,θiκ+1​)dQi​(θiκ​)−∫A​ui​(a,θiκ​)dQi​(θiκ​))≤0 for every cycle θik=θi1\theta_i^k = \theta_i^1θik​=θi1​.
  2. Proposition 6.2 (independent types, convex type sets, convex utilities): two BIC mechanisms with Qi′=QiQ_i' = Q_iQi′​=Qi​ have Ti′=Ti+τiT_i' = T_i + \tau_iTi′​=Ti​+τi​.
  3. Proposition 6.3 (independent types): every ex ante budget balanced mechanism has an equivalent ex post budget balanced one.
  4. Proposition 6.5 (Farkas's alternative), already proved on the platform as Polyhedral.farkas_lemma.
  5. Proposition 6.6 (Kosenok–Severinov): under Crémer–McLean and identifiability, every ex ante budget balanced mechanism has an equivalent BIC and ex post budget balanced one.
  6. Proposition 9.1 (Jehiel–Moldovanu): in the linear interdependent-values model, under a regularity condition on first best rules and the weight condition αaii/αbii≠∑jαaji/∑jαbji\alpha^i_{ai}/\alpha^i_{bi}\ne\sum_j\alpha^i_{aj}/\sum_j\alpha^i_{bj}αaii​/αbii​=∑j​αaji​/∑j​αbji​ for some i,a,bi,a,bi,a,b, no first best direct mechanism is BIC. It uses its own model (§9.3) and is not on the goal's proof path.

Significance

The Crémer–McLean theorem says that, with correlated finite types, incentive compatibility imposes essentially no constraint: every decision rule and every interim payment rule can be implemented. In a single-unit auction this gives full surplus extraction. The result is the benchmark against which the literature on risk aversion, limited liability, collusion and the genericity of priors (Robert 1991, Laffont–Martimort 2000, Heifetz–Neeman 2006) measures its departures, and Proposition 6.6 extends it to budget-balanced mechanisms, which is what bilateral trade and public goods applications need. Propositions 6.1–6.3 are the independent-types counterpart that the correlated case breaks: they show why revenue equivalence and the ex ante/ex post budget-balance equivalence hold there and fail here. Proposition 9.1 shows the opposite failure, for interdependent values, where efficient decisions cannot be implemented even without participation or budget constraints.

All results are proved in the literature (Kosenok–Severinov's proof is omitted in the book). Apart from Farkas's alternative (Proposition 6.5), which is proved on the platform, none of them is formalized in Mathlib or on the platform; the platform's other mechanism design results (dominant-strategy results in a valuation model, revenue equivalence for symmetric independent auctions) do not cover correlated types.

Difficulty

For the goal the difficulty is the uniformity of the construction: a single payment adjustment must make truth-telling optimal against every possible deviation of every type of every agent, while leaving each type's expected payment unchanged. The obvious scoring-rule adjustment, charging −ln⁡μ(θ−i∣θi′)-\ln\mu(\theta_{-i}\mid\theta_i')−lnμ(θ−i​∣θi′​), changes interim payments, and removing that change is where the Crémer–McLean condition enters. For Proposition 6.2 the envelope argument must handle convex type sets that are not open and utilities that are only convex, not differentiable. For Proposition 9.1 the obvious argument differentiates interim utility twice; the proposition does not assume that interim utility is twice differentiable, so that regularity has to be derived from the hypotheses on the interim probabilities.

Formalization scope

Three definition files carry the three models. Independent types (§6.2–6.3): type sets are arbitrary measurable spaces, the prior is the product of probability measures ρi\rho_iρi​, and interim quantities are integrals against it. Finite correlated types (§6.4): finite type sets, a prior μ:Θ→R\mu:\Theta\to\mathbb Rμ:Θ→R with μ(θ)>0\mu(\theta)>0μ(θ)>0 and ∑θμ(θ)=1\sum_\theta\mu(\theta)=1∑θ​μ(θ)=1, and conditional beliefs μ(θ−i∣θi)=μ(θ)/μ(θi)\mu(\theta_{-i}\mid\theta_i) = \mu(\theta)/\mu(\theta_i)μ(θ−i​∣θi​)=μ(θ)/μ(θi​); the alternative set AAA is arbitrary. Interdependent values (§9.3): finite AAA, signals in [0,1]A[0,1]^A[0,1]A with positive densities, independent across agents, linear utilities with nonzero weights αaij\alpha^j_{ai}αaij​.

Committed conventions and explicit formulas:

  • The Crémer–McLean condition uses nonnegative weights without a sum-to-one constraint, as Definition 6.7 prints it.
  • "Equivalent" in Propositions 6.4 and 6.6 means the same decision rule and the same interim expected payments at truthful reports, as Proposition 6.4 states; in Proposition 6.3 it is the report-by-report notion, which under independence is equality of the interim payment rules TiT_iTi​.
  • Proposition 6.2 adds continuity of ui(a,⋅)u_i(a,\cdot)ui​(a,⋅) on Θi\Theta_iΘi​, and Proposition 6.3 adds at least two agents; without them the printed statements are false.
  • Measurability, which the book omits throughout, is made explicit: decision rules are measurable, and the payment sections and utilities are integrable against the relevant interim distributions.
  • In Proposition 9.1 the partial derivatives are derivatives within the closed cube [0,1]K[0,1]^K[0,1]K, and the weight condition is the displayed ratio inequality.

A trivializing formalization of the goal, one that proves it only for mechanisms that are already incentive compatible, or with a payment rule that is not a function of the reported type profile, or with "equivalent" weakened to "some BIC mechanism exists", is ruled out: the statement quantifies over every direct mechanism and fixes both the decision rule and every interim payment.

Reusable infrastructure: finite conditional expectations under a full-support prior, the Crémer–McLean and identifiability conditions, and the interim model with product priors. Proofs of any milestone and of the goal, including via the Farkas reference, are welcome.

Selected references

  • T. Börgers, An Introduction to the Theory of Mechanism Design, Oxford University Press, 2015. https://doi.org/10.1093/acprof:oso/9780199734023.001.0001
  • J. Crémer and R. P. McLean, "Full extraction of the surplus in Bayesian and dominant strategy auctions", Econometrica 56(6), 1988. https://doi.org/10.2307/1913096
  • G. Kosenok and S. Severinov, "Individually rational, budget-balanced mechanisms and allocation of surplus", Journal of Economic Theory 140(1), 2008.
  • P. Jehiel and B. Moldovanu, "Efficient design with interdependent valuations", Econometrica 69(5), 2001. https://doi.org/10.1111/1468-0262.00237
  • V. Krishna and E. Maenner, "Convex potentials with an application to mechanism design", Econometrica 69(4), 2001. https://doi.org/10.1111/1468-0262.00225
  • J.-C. Rochet, "A necessary and sufficient condition for rationalizability in a quasi-linear context", Journal of Mathematical Economics 16(2), 1987. https://doi.org/10.1016/0304-4068(87)90007-3
10 thms2 active usersReviewed
Dynamic ProgrammingOperations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Bellman's Dynamic Programming III: Index Rules for the Stochastic Gold-Mining ProcessTextbook

Motivation

Chapter II of Richard Bellman's Dynamic Programming (Princeton University Press, 1957) treats the stochastic gold-mining process, the first stochastic multi-stage decision process of the book whose optimal policy can be written down in closed form. There Bellman introduces decision regions, the sets of states at which a given first choice is optimal, and where he obtains an index rule: at every state, compute one number per alternative and choose the largest. The same kind of rule was later developed in general form as the Gittins index for multi-armed bandits (Gittins 1979), and the gold-mining process is an early instance of what that literature calls a deteriorating bandit, in which each alternative's index can only decrease when it is used.

Bellman first described the process in his 1954 survey The theory of dynamic programming, with the two-mine index rule stated as Eq. (8.3), and it appears on Prove2Me in a mission on that paper. The book gives the full chapter: existence and uniqueness, the rule for two mines, its extension to several outcomes per use and to any number of mines, the finite-horizon process, and a stability estimate.

Setting

Two mines, Anaconda and Bonanza, hold amounts of gold x≥0x \ge 0x≥0 and y≥0y \ge 0y≥0. A single machine is used in one mine at a time. Used in Anaconda, it mines the fraction r1r_1r1​ of the gold there and stays in working order with probability p1p_1p1​, or is destroyed without mining anything with probability 1−p11 - p_11−p1​. Bonanza has the corresponding data p2p_2p2​ and r2r_2r2​. Before each use the operator chooses a mine (choice A or B), and the process stops when the machine is destroyed. The aim is to maximize the expected total amount of gold mined.

The expected return f(x,y)f(x, y)f(x,y) under an optimal policy satisfies the functional equation

f(x,y)=max⁡[ Af(x,y),  Bf(x,y) ],x,y≥0,(5.1)f(x,y) = \max\Big[\,A_f(x,y),\; B_f(x,y)\,\Big], \qquad x, y \ge 0, \tag{5.1}f(x,y)=max[Af​(x,y),Bf​(x,y)],x,y≥0,(5.1)

where Af(x,y)=p1[r1x+f((1−r1)x, y)]A_f(x,y) = p_1\big[r_1x + f((1-r_1)x,\,y)\big]Af​(x,y)=p1​[r1​x+f((1−r1​)x,y)] is the return of an A-choice followed by optimal continuation and Bf(x,y)=p2[r2y+f(x, (1−r2)y)]B_f(x,y) = p_2\big[r_2y + f(x,\,(1-r_2)y)\big]Bf​(x,y)=p2​[r2​y+f(x,(1−r2​)y)] that of a B-choice. The NNN-stage returns are f1(x,y)=max⁡(p1r1x, p2r2y)f_1(x,y) = \max(p_1r_1x,\ p_2r_2y)f1​(x,y)=max(p1​r1​x, p2​r2​y) and fN+1=max⁡(AfN,BfN)f_{N+1} = \max(A_{f_N}, B_{f_N})fN+1​=max(AfN​​,BfN​​). The A-region of a value function is the set of points of the closed quadrant where the A-branch attains the maximum; the B-region is defined in the same way.

In the generalization, a use of mine iii has KKK outcomes: outcome kkk occurs with probability pikp_{ik}pik​, yields cikxic_{ik}x_icik​xi​ and leaves cik′xi=(1−cik)xic'_{ik}x_i = (1-c_{ik})x_icik′​xi​=(1−cik​)xi​ in the mine, and 1−∑kpik1 - \sum_k p_{ik}1−∑k​pik​ is the probability that the machine is destroyed. With nnn mines the equation is

f(x1,…,xn)=max⁡i∑k=1Kpik[cikxi+f(x1,…,cik′xi,…,xn)].(4)f(x_1,\dots,x_n) = \max_i \sum_{k=1}^{K} p_{ik}\big[c_{ik}x_i + f(x_1,\dots,c'_{ik}x_i,\dots,x_n)\big]. \tag{4}f(x1​,…,xn​)=imax​k=1∑K​pik​[cik​xi​+f(x1​,…,cik′​xi​,…,xn​)].(4)

"The solution" of an equation always means its unique solution in the class of functions bounded in every rectangle 0≤x≤Xˉ0 \le x \le \bar X0≤x≤Xˉ, 0≤y≤Yˉ0 \le y \le \bar Y0≤y≤Yˉ (or every box 0≤xi≤Xˉi0 \le x_i \le \bar X_i0≤xi​≤Xˉi​), per Bellman's footnote 7.

Formalization targets

Goal: Chapter II, Theorem 4 (the index rule for nnn mines)

Under pik≥0p_{ik} \ge 0pik​≥0, ∑kpik<1\sum_k p_{ik} < 1∑k​pik​<1, 0≤cik≤10 \le c_{ik} \le 10≤cik​≤1, cik+cik′=1c_{ik} + c'_{ik} = 1cik​+cik′​=1, equation (4) has a unique solution bounded on boxes, and at every state xxx any index maximizing

Di(x)=∑kpikcik1−∑kpik  xiD_i(x) = \frac{\sum_{k} p_{ik}c_{ik}}{1-\sum_{k} p_{ik}}\;x_iDi​(x)=1−∑k​pik​∑k​pik​cik​​xi​

attains the maximum in (4). Ties among the maximizers may be broken arbitrarily.

Milestones

  1. Theorem 1: for ∣pi∣<1|p_i| < 1∣pi​∣<1 and 0≤ri<10 \le r_i < 10≤ri​<1, (5.1) has a unique solution bounded in every rectangle, and it is continuous on the closed quadrant.
  2. Theorem 2: for 0≤pi<10 \le p_i < 10≤pi​<1, 0≤ri≤10 \le r_i \le 10≤ri​≤1, the solution takes the A-branch when p1r1x/(1−p1)>p2r2y/(1−p2)p_1r_1x/(1-p_1) > p_2r_2y/(1-p_2)p1​r1​x/(1−p1​)>p2​r2​y/(1−p2​), the B-branch when the reverse inequality holds, and both on equality.
  3. Theorem 3: the same rule for two mines with KKK outcomes per use.
  4. Theorem 5: for each NNN, the NNN-stage process has exactly two decision regions: a sector along the xxx-axis where A is optimal and a sector along the yyy-axis where B is optimal, separated by a ray through the origin.
  5. Theorem 6: as NNN grows, the regions of fNf_NfN​ move monotonically, and from some N0N_0N0​ on they coincide with those of fff.
  6. Theorem 7: if ggg solves (5.1) with an added term hhh, then ∣f−g∣≤max⁡R∣h∣/q|f - g| \le \max_R|h|/q∣f−g∣≤maxR​∣h∣/q on every rectangle RRR, where q=min⁡(1−p1,1−p2)q = \min(1-p_1, 1-p_2)q=min(1−p1​,1−p2​).

Significance

The index rule reduces the choice among nnn mines to computing nnn numbers. Each one depends only on its own mine, as the ratio of immediate expected gain to immediate expected loss. Without the theorem, an optimal policy for the NNN-stage process is a word in nnn letters whose number of candidates grows like nNn^NnN. The finite-horizon theorems show that the same rule is exactly optimal for every horizon beyond a finite N0N_0N0​, and the stability theorem bounds how much the solution moves when the equation is perturbed.

Theorem 2's content is also the target of the 1954-paper mission, where it is stated for the supremum of expected returns over choice sequences. Those statements (BellmanTheoryDP.GoldMining.gold_mining_decision_rule, …optimal_return_functional_equation) are included here as reference items. They concern a different object: the book's theorems are about the unique bounded solution of (5.1), and the two coincide once (5.1) is known to characterize the optimal return. None of the chapter's results has a machine-checked proof on the platform yet. The nnn-mine rule (Theorem 4) and the finite-horizon results (Theorems 5 and 6) are not stated anywhere on the platform.

Difficulty

The equation for the boundary between the regions involves the unknown function fff, so equating the two branches of (5.1) does not by itself locate the boundary. Comparing the orders "A then B" and "B then A" determines the index line, but only on the assumption that there are just two regions. Bellman's Figure 1 shows why that assumption carries real content: homogeneity alone only makes the regions unions of sectors, which could alternate. The assumption is not automatic either. In § 13 a third, compromise choice is added, and a counterexample shows that the three-choice problem need not have the analogous three-sector structure. For the finite-horizon process the boundary ray of fNf_NfN​ generally differs from the index line, and Theorems 5 and 6 are statements about how it differs.

Formalization scope

Namespace BellmanDP.GoldMining. Values are real functions ℝ → ℝ → ℝ (two mines) or (Fin n → ℝ) → ℝ (n mines); equations are imposed only on the closed quadrant or orthant, and uniqueness means agreement there. Mines are Fin n with n≥1n \ge 1n≥1 added (with no mine the maximum in (4) is empty). Outcomes are Fin K (Theorem 3's NNN). A maximum over two branches is max, and a maximum over mines is encoded as "every alternative is at most f(x)f(x)f(x) and one equals it". The class "bounded in any rectangle" is BoundedOnRectangles, and for nnn mines it is BoundedOnBoxes. The NNN-stage returns are goldIter N, with goldIter 0 = 0 so that goldIter 1 is the book's f1f_1f1​.

Choices made explicit:

  • Theorem 1 keeps the book's signed range ∣pi∣<1|p_i| < 1∣pi​∣<1 (footnote 2), while Theorems 2, 5, 6 and 7 use the range of § 8 and Theorem 2, 0≤pi<10 \le p_i < 10≤pi​<1, 0≤ri≤10 \le r_i \le 10≤ri​≤1.
  • The goal asserts existence and uniqueness of the bounded solution of (4) together with the index rule. This is how "the solution" is meant in the book; the extension of Theorem 1 to (4) is not a separate numbered result.
  • The goal's conclusion is the book's: a maximizer of DDD is optimal. It does not also assert that the other indices are suboptimal.
  • Theorem 5's printed statement is only "there are two decision regions". It is formalized as the ray-separation statement its proof establishes, and is titled as the precise reading. Theorem 6's "converge in a monotone fashion" is formalized as monotonicity of the regions as sets, in one of the two directions.
  • Theorem 7 adds the hypothesis that hhh is bounded in every rectangle, which is what gives the perturbed equation a solution in the class. max⁡R∣h∣\max_R|h|maxR​∣h∣ is expressed through any bound MMM of ∣h∣|h|∣h∣ on RRR.

A statement of the index rule that assumes the index policy's return satisfies (5.1) and calls it "the solution" without the bounded-class uniqueness would prove nothing about optimality. Here every theorem is about solutions in the bounded class, whose uniqueness is Theorem 1 (and part of the goal).

Contraction estimates on rectangles (Theorems 1 and 7) are reusable across the other functional-equation chapters of this series. Proofs of the goal via general index theory are welcome, provided they discharge the statements as written.

Selected references

  • Richard Bellman, Dynamic Programming, Princeton University Press, 1957; Princeton Landmarks in Mathematics ed., 2010, Chapter II, pp. 61–80. https://doi.org/10.2307/j.ctv1nxcw0f
  • Richard Bellman, The theory of dynamic programming, Bulletin of the American Mathematical Society 60 (1954), 503–515. https://doi.org/10.1090/S0002-9904-1954-09848-8
  • J. C. Gittins, Bandit processes and dynamic allocation indices, Journal of the Royal Statistical Society, Series B 41 (1979), 148–177. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.2517-6161.1979.tb01068.x
11 thms2 active usersReviewed
Markov ChainOperations ResearchStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Stochastic Dynamic Programming and the Control of Queueing Systems XIV: Conforming Approximating Sequences for Markov ChainsTextbook

Motivation

Countable-state Markov chains are the standard model of queues with unbounded buffers, but any numerical computation of their long-run behaviour works on a finite state space. The usual remedy is truncation: restrict the chain to a finite set SNS_NSN​ and redistribute the probability of leaving SNS_NSN​ back into it. Whether the steady state probabilities and average costs of the truncated chains converge to those of the original chain depends on how that probability is redistributed. Gibson and Seneta studied this question for the stationary distributions of chains without costs (Gibson and Seneta, J. Appl. Prob., 1987). Sennott extended it to chains with costs and expected first passage costs (Sennott, Adv. Appl. Prob. 29, 1997; ZOR Math. Meth. Oper. Res. 45, 1997), and used it as the basis of the approximating sequence method for average-cost Markov decision chains (Sennott, 1999, Chapter 8). This mission covers Appendix C, Sections C.4–C.5 of the 1999 book, the Markov-chain results that the book's average-cost approximation theorems use.

Setting

A Markov chain with costs Γ\GammaΓ on a denumerable state space SSS has transition probabilities PijP_{ij}Pij​ with ∑jPij=1\sum_jP_{ij}=1∑j​Pij​=1 and a finite nonnegative cost C(i)C(i)C(i) at each state. For a set G⊆SG\subseteq SG⊆S and a start iii, TiG≥1T_{iG}\ge 1TiG​≥1 is the first passage time to GGG. The taboo probability GPik(t){}_GP^{(t)}_{ik}G​Pik(t)​ is the probability of moving from iii to kkk in ttt steps with no intermediate state in GGG. The expected visits Guik{}_Gu_{ik}G​uik​ count the visits to kkk at times 0≤t<TiG0\le t<T_{iG}0≤t<TiG​. The mean first passage time is miG=E[TiG]m_{iG}=E[T_{iG}]miG​=E[TiG​], infinite when GGG is missed with positive probability. The first passage cost is ciG=E[∑t<TiGC(Xt)]c_{iG}=E\big[\sum_{t<T_{iG}}C(X_t)\big]ciG​=E[∑t<TiG​​C(Xt​)]. A state iii is positive recurrent when mii<∞m_{ii}<\inftymii​<∞, and the steady state probability is πi=mii−1\pi_i=m_{ii}^{-1}πi​=mii−1​. On a positive recurrent class RRR the average cost is JR=∑j∈RπjC(j)J_R=\sum_{j\in R}\pi_jC(j)JR​=∑j∈R​πj​C(j). The chain is zzz standard when miz<∞m_{iz}<\inftymiz​<∞ and ciz<∞c_{iz}<\inftyciz​<∞ for every iii. Such a chain has one positive recurrent class R∋zR\ni zR∋z with JR<∞J_R<\inftyJR​<∞, and every other state is transient.

An approximating sequence (AS) (ΓN)N≥N0(\Gamma_N)_{N\ge N_0}(ΓN​)N≥N0​​ consists of increasing nonempty finite sets SNS_NSN​ with ⋃NSN=S\bigcup_NS_N=S⋃N​SN​=S and, for each NNN, a chain ΓN\Gamma_NΓN​ on SNS_NSN​ with the same costs and transition probabilities Pij(N)→PijP_{ij}(N)\to P_{ij}Pij​(N)→Pij​. The quantities of ΓN\Gamma_NΓN​ are written miG(N)m_{iG}(N)miG​(N), ciG(N)c_{iG}(N)ciG​(N), πi(N)\pi_i(N)πi​(N) and J(i)(N)J(i)(N)J(i)(N). An AS is conforming (for a zzz standard Γ\GammaΓ) if, for large NNN, ΓN\Gamma_NΓN​ is unichain with zzz in its positive recurrent class, and miz(N)→mizm_{iz}(N)\to m_{iz}miz​(N)→miz​ and ciz(N)→cizc_{iz}(N)\to c_{iz}ciz​(N)→ciz​ for all iii. It is conforming on RRR if πi(N)→πi\pi_i(N)\to\pi_iπi​(N)→πi​ and J(i)(N)→JRJ(i)(N)\to J_RJ(i)(N)→JR​ on RRR.

An augmentation type approximating sequence (ATAS) keeps the original probabilities inside SNS_NSN​ and redistributes the probability of each excluded target r∉SNr\notin S_Nr∈/SN​ according to an augmentation distribution q⋅(i,r,N)q_\cdot(i,r,N)q⋅​(i,r,N) on SNS_NSN​:

Pij(N)=Pij+∑r∈S−SNPir qj(i,r,N),j∈SN.P_{ij}(N)=P_{ij}+\sum_{r\in S-S_N}P_{ir}\,q_j(i,r,N),\qquad j\in S_N.Pij​(N)=Pij​+r∈S−SN​∑​Pir​qj​(i,r,N),j∈SN​.

It sends excess probability to GGG if every q⋅(i,r,N)q_\cdot(i,r,N)q⋅​(i,r,N) is concentrated on GGG.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition C.5.2

For a zzz standard chain Γ\GammaΓ and a finite nonempty G⊆SG\subseteq SG⊆S,

every ATAS that sends excess probability to G is conforming,\text{every ATAS that sends excess probability to } G \text{ is conforming},every ATAS that sends excess probability to G is conforming,

and if G⊆RG\subseteq RG⊆R it is also conforming on RRR. No rate of convergence and no constants are involved, and GGG need not contain zzz.

Milestones

  1. Proposition C.4.2: for fixed ttt, lim⁡NGPik(t)(N)=GPik(t)\lim_N{}_GP^{(t)}_{ik}(N)={}_GP^{(t)}_{ik}limN​G​Pik(t)​(N)=G​Pik(t)​; also lim inf⁡NGuik(N)≥Guik\liminf_N{}_Gu_{ik}(N)\ge{}_Gu_{ik}liminfN​G​uik​(N)≥G​uik​ and lim inf⁡NmiG(N)≥miG\liminf_Nm_{iG}(N)\ge m_{iG}liminfN​miG​(N)≥miG​.
  2. Proposition C.4.3: πi(N)→0\pi_i(N)\to0πi​(N)→0 off the positive recurrent states, and along subsequences πi(Ns)→bπi\pi_i(N_s)\to b\pi_iπi​(Ns​)→bπi​ on a class, with 0≤b≤10\le b\le10≤b≤1.
  3. Proposition C.4.5: lim inf⁡NciG(N)≥ciG\liminf_Nc_{iG}(N)\ge c_{iG}liminfN​ciG​(N)≥ciG​.
  4. Proposition C.4.6: on a positive recurrent class, convergence of π\piπ, of mzzm_{zz}mzz​ and of all miGm_{iG}miG​ are equivalent. Given these, convergence of J(i)J(i)J(i), of czzc_{zz}czz​ and of all ciGc_{iG}ciG​ are equivalent.
  5. Proposition C.4.9: conformity implies πi(N)→πi\pi_i(N)\to\pi_iπi​(N)→πi​ for all iii, and that the constant average costs J(N)J(N)J(N) of ΓN\Gamma_NΓN​ converge to JRJ_RJR​.

Further results

  1. Proposition C.5.3: an ATAS is conforming when, for N≥N∗N\ge N^*N≥N∗, the augmentation distributions satisfy ∑j≠zqj(i,r,N)mjz≤mrz\sum_{j\ne z}q_j(i,r,N)m_{jz}\le m_{rz}∑j=z​qj​(i,r,N)mjz​≤mrz​ and ∑j≠zqj(i,r,N)cjz≤crz\sum_{j\ne z}q_j(i,r,N)c_{jz}\le c_{rz}∑j=z​qj​(i,r,N)cjz​≤crz​.
  2. Corollary C.5.4: for a 000 standard chain on {0,1,2,… }\{0,1,2,\dots\}{0,1,2,…} with an upper Hessenberg transition matrix, truncated to SN={0,…,N}S_N=\{0,\dots,N\}SN​={0,…,N} with the excess sent to NNN, the ATAS is conforming.

Significance

The result. Conformity is the hypothesis under which the book's approximating sequence method works for average-cost queueing control (Chapter 8). The method computes optimal policies for finite truncations and passes to the limit. That argument needs the first passage times and costs to a distinguished state to converge along the chains induced by fixed policies. Propositions C.5.2 and C.5.3 turn this analytic requirement into conditions on the truncation scheme that can be checked in practice: send the overflow to a fixed finite set, or to states from which reaching zzz is no more expensive. Examples C.4.4 and C.4.7 of the book show that an arbitrary approximating sequence can fail. The limit of the steady state probabilities can be a strict multiple bπb\pibπ with b<1b<1b<1. First passage costs can converge to the wrong value even when the steady state probabilities converge.

Formalizing it. The results are proved in the book, some in abbreviated form ("the proof for the costs is similar and is omitted"). The Prove2Me library had no statement on truncation or augmentation of countable Markov chains when this mission was drafted (September 2026). A formalization supplies the omitted cost arguments, makes the passage between lim inf⁡\liminfliminf bounds and limits in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞] explicit, and produces a reusable library of first passage quantities for countable chains.

Difficulty

The lower bounds of Propositions C.4.2 and C.4.5 are the routine part. The difficulty is the matching upper bound: in ΓN\Gamma_NΓN​, a first passage that leaves SNS_NSN​ is restarted elsewhere, which can lengthen it without bound. Taking limits termwise in the first passage equation miz(N)=1+∑j≠zPij(N)mjz(N)m_{iz}(N)=1+\sum_{j\ne z}P_{ij}(N)m_{jz}(N)miz​(N)=1+∑j=z​Pij​(N)mjz​(N) fails, because no dominating function is available and mass can escape to infinity. Example C.4.4 exhibits exactly this. Unichain structure is also not automatic: ΓN\Gamma_NΓN​ may have several recurrent classes, or a recurrent class not containing zzz, and ruling this out is part of the conclusion rather than an assumption.

Formalization scope

The Lean development works in SennottDP.ChainASM. A chain is a structure MC S with P : S → S → ℝ≥0∞, ∑' j, P i j = 1 and C : S → ℝ≥0. Theorems assume [Countable S] [Infinite S], matching the book's denumerable state space. Taboo probabilities, expected visits, miGm_{iG}miG​, ciGc_{iG}ciG​, πj=(mjj)−1\pi_j=(m_{jj})^{-1}πj​=(mjj​)−1 and JR=∑j∈RπjC(j)J_R=\sum_{j\in R}\pi_jC(j)JR​=∑j∈R​πj​C(j) are defined as sums in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞]. miG=∑t≥0P(TiG>t)m_{iG}=\sum_{t\ge0}P(T_{iG}>t)miG​=∑t≥0​P(TiG​>t) is infinite whenever GGG is missed with positive probability. The average cost J(i)J(i)J(i) is the lim sup⁡\limsuplimsup of the Cesàro cost averages.

An AS is a structure carrying N0N_0N0​, the finite sets SNS_NSN​ (as Finset S) and Pij(N)P_{ij}(N)Pij​(N). ΓN\Gamma_NΓN​ is built as an MC on the subtype of SNS_NSN​, and a set GGG is read in ΓN\Gamma_NΓN​ as G∩SNG\cap S_NG∩SN​. Quantities of ΓN\Gamma_NΓN​ are lifted to functions of NNN and of states of SSS with the value 000 where they are undefined (N<N0N<N_0N<N0​ or a state outside SNS_NSN​). For fixed states this affects finitely many NNN, and all statements are limits, lim inf⁡\liminfliminfs or eventual equalities. All convergence is in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞]. The conformity predicate includes the standing assumption that Γ\GammaΓ is zzz standard. The positive recurrent class RRR of a zzz standard chain is the communicating class of zzz.

A trivializing formalization is excluded: the AS of Example C.4.4, whose positive recurrent class {N}\{N\}{N} excludes z=0z=0z=0, is not conforming under these definitions. The ATAS predicate requires the augmentation distributions to be probability distributions and to reproduce Pij(N)P_{ij}(N)Pij​(N) exactly by (C.27).

A complete development needs first passage decompositions for countable chains, the renewal-reward identity JR=czz/mzzJ_R=c_{zz}/m_{zz}JR​=czz​/mzz​, and dominated and Fatou-type limit theorems for sums (the book's Appendix A). The first passage library and the lifted-quantity conventions can be reused by the average-cost approximation chapters. Contributions of intermediate lemmas are welcome, especially the finite-state unichain facts of Section C.3 and the identities of Propositions C.1.4 and C.2.2.

Proposition C.5.5 (lower Hessenberg chains, from Gibson and Seneta) is stated in the book without proof and without naming the distinguished state, and is not included.

Selected references

  • L. I. Sennott, Stochastic Dynamic Programming and the Control of Queueing Systems, Wiley, 1999, Appendix C, Sections C.4–C.5. https://doi.org/10.1002/9780470317037
  • L. I. Sennott, "The computation of average optimal policies in denumerable state Markov decision chains", Advances in Applied Probability 29 (1997) 114–137 (cited in the book as Sennott 1997a).
  • L. I. Sennott, "On computing average cost optimal policies with application to routing to parallel queues", ZOR Mathematical Methods of Operations Research 45 (1997) 45–62 (cited in the book as Sennott 1997b).
  • D. Gibson and E. Seneta, "Augmented truncations of infinite stochastic matrices", Journal of Applied Probability (1987).
10 thms2 active usersReviewed
Dynamic ProgrammingMarkov ChainOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Stochastic Dynamic Programming and the Control of Queueing Systems VIII: Computing Average Cost Optimal Policies by Approximating SequencesTextbook

Motivation

Control problems for queueing systems (admission control, service rate control, routing to parallel servers) are naturally modelled as Markov decision chains whose state is a vector of queue lengths. The state space is therefore denumerably infinite, and the performance measure of interest is usually the long-run average cost per slot. For such models the existence theory of average cost optimal stationary policies is well developed (Chapter 7 of Sennott's book), but existence gives no algorithm: an optimal policy is a function on an infinite set, and value iteration cannot be run on an infinite state space.

The approximating sequence method answers this by replacing the infinite model Δ\DeltaΔ with a sequence of finite models ΔN\Delta_NΔN​ on truncated state spaces SNS_NSN​, solving the average cost optimality equation in each, and passing to the limit. Chapter 8 of L. I. Sennott, Stochastic Dynamic Programming and the Control of Queueing Systems (Wiley, 1999) gives a set of conditions, the (AC) assumptions, under which this limit procedure provably produces the minimum average cost and an average cost optimal policy of Δ\DeltaΔ.

Timeline. The approximating sequence method for the average cost criterion and the (AC) assumptions were introduced in Sennott (1997a), with further results in Sennott (1997b) (bibliographic notes, p. 194). The book collects these results, adds the four step verification template (Proposition 8.2.1), the finite-set augmentation route based on the (BOR) assumptions (Proposition 8.2.3), and the weakening (WAC) of Section 8.7, which Chapter 9 uses.

Setting

An MDC Δ\DeltaΔ has a countable state space SSS, a finite nonempty action set AiA_iAi​ in each state iii, a finite cost C(i,a)≥0C(i,a)\ge0C(i,a)≥0, and transition probabilities Pij(a)P_{ij}(a)Pij​(a). A general policy θ\thetaθ chooses actions at random using the whole past history. Its average cost is

Jθ(i)=lim sup⁡n→∞1n∑t=0n−1Eθ[C(Xt,At)∣X0=i],J_\theta(i)=\limsup_{n\to\infty}\frac1n\sum_{t=0}^{n-1}E_\theta[C(X_t,A_t)\mid X_0=i],Jθ​(i)=n→∞limsup​n1​t=0∑n−1​Eθ​[C(Xt​,At​)∣X0​=i],

and the minimum average cost is J(i)=inf⁡θJθ(i)∈[0,∞]J(i)=\inf_\theta J_\theta(i)\in[0,\infty]J(i)=infθ​Jθ​(i)∈[0,∞]. A policy is average cost optimal if Jθ≡JJ_\theta\equiv JJθ​≡J.

An approximating sequence (ΔN)N≥N0(\Delta_N)_{N\ge N_0}(ΔN​)N≥N0​​ consists of finite sets SNS_NSN​ increasing to SSS and MDCs ΔN\Delta_NΔN​ on SNS_NSN​ with the same actions and costs and with transition probabilities Pij(a;N)P_{ij}(a;N)Pij​(a;N) on SNS_NSN​ converging to Pij(a)P_{ij}(a)Pij​(a). Write vnNv^N_nvnN​ and VαNV^N_\alphaVαN​ for the nnn-horizon and discounted value functions of ΔN\Delta_NΔN​.

The (AC) assumptions are:

  • (AC1) there are finite constants JNJ^NJN and finite functions rNr^NrN on SNS_NSN​ with
JN+rN(i)=min⁡a{C(i,a)+∑j∈SNPij(a;N) rN(j)},i∈SN;(8.1)J^N+r^N(i)=\min_a\Big\{C(i,a)+\sum_{j\in S_N}P_{ij}(a;N)\,r^N(j)\Big\},\qquad i\in S_N; \tag{8.1}JN+rN(i)=amin​{C(i,a)+j∈SN​∑​Pij​(a;N)rN(j)},i∈SN​;(8.1)
  • (AC2) lim sup⁡NrN(i)<∞\limsup_N r^N(i)<\inftylimsupN​rN(i)<∞;
  • (AC3) lim inf⁡NrN(i)≥−Q\liminf_N r^N(i)\ge -QliminfN​rN(i)≥−Q for a constant Q≥0Q\ge0Q≥0;
  • (AC4) J∗:=lim sup⁡NJN<∞J^*:=\limsup_N J^N<\inftyJ∗:=limsupN​JN<∞ and J∗≤J(i)J^*\le J(i)J∗≤J(i) for all iii.

The (WAC) assumptions of Section 8.7 allow QQQ to depend on the state, at the price of integrability conditions along every stationary policy.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 8.1.1

Under (AC), the limit lim⁡N→∞JN\lim_{N\to\infty}J^NlimN→∞​JN exists and

J(i)=lim⁡N→∞JNfor all i∈S,J(i)=\lim_{N\to\infty}J^N\qquad\text{for all } i\in S,J(i)=N→∞lim​JNfor all i∈S,

and every limit point e∗e^*e∗ of stationary policies eNe^NeN realizing the minimum in (8.1) is average cost optimal for Δ\DeltaΔ. The statement fixes no constants; it asserts the shape of the conclusion for any model satisfying (AC).

Milestones

  • Proposition 8.2.1 (the four step template): unichain and aperiodicity of the finite models, an xxx standard policy at which the approximating sequence is conforming, a comparison of vnNv^N_nvnN​ (or VαNV^N_\alphaVαN​) with vnv_nvn​ (or VαV_\alphaVα​), and a lower bound on vnN−vnN(x)v^N_n - v^N_n(x)vnN​−vnN​(x) together imply that the value iteration limits
rN(i)=lim⁡n→∞(vnN(i)−vnN(x))r^N(i)=\lim_{n\to\infty}\big(v^N_n(i)-v^N_n(x)\big)rN(i)=n→∞lim​(vnN​(i)−vnN​(x))

exist and satisfy (AC).

  • Corollary 8.2.2: on S={0,1,2,… }S=\{0,1,2,\dots\}S={0,1,2,…} with SN={0,…,N}S_N=\{0,\dots,N\}SN​={0,…,N} and excess probability sent to NNN, monotonicity of vnNv^N_nvnN​, vnv_nvn​ and of the first passage moments of a 000 standard policy suffices.
  • Proposition 8.2.3: an augmentation type approximating sequence that sends excess probability to a finite set of cheap states satisfies the template.
  • Proposition 8.5.1: in the single-server queue with Bernoulli(ppp) arrivals and constant service rate a>pa>pa>p,
Jd(a)=Hp(1−p)a−p+pC(a)a.J_{d(a)}=\frac{Hp(1-p)}{a-p}+\frac{pC(a)}{a}.Jd(a)​=a−pHp(1−p)​+apC(a)​.
  • Proposition 8.7.1: the conclusions of Theorem 8.1.1 hold under (WAC).

Significance

The result itself. Theorem 8.1.1 is what turns the existence theory of Chapter 7 into a computation. It certifies that the minimum average costs of the truncations converge to the minimum average cost of the infinite model, that this cost is constant, and that the policies produced by value iteration on ΔN\Delta_NΔN​ converge, along subsequences, to an optimal policy for Δ\DeltaΔ. Propositions 8.2.1–8.2.3 reduce (AC) to properties that can be checked model by model; Section 8.3 checks them for queues with reject option, service rate control, and routing to parallel queues. Proposition 8.7.1 is the version used in Chapter 9 for models whose relative values are not uniformly bounded below. Proposition 8.5.1 gives the closed-form open-loop benchmark used in the numerical study of Section 8.5.

Formalizing it. All results are proved in the book; none has a machine-checked proof. A formalization would give the first verified convergence theorem for truncations of denumerable-state average cost MDPs, and would make the approximating sequence method usable as a certified reduction from infinite to finite models. The template results (8.2.1–8.2.3) additionally require a formal treatment of conformity of approximating Markov chains (Appendix C.4–C.5), which is of independent use.

Difficulty

The naive argument takes limits in (8.1) along NNN: the minimum over aaa and the finite sums pass to the limit only in the inequality direction, and only after a Fatou-type lemma for sums against the converging distributions Pij(a;N)P_{ij}(a;N)Pij​(a;N) with integrands rNr^NrN that are neither bounded nor monotone. The lower bound −Q-Q−Q in (AC3) is exactly what makes this possible; without it the limit inequality can fail. The limit inequality then produces only an average cost optimality inequality, and turning it into optimality of the limit policy requires a separate argument that a function bounded below and satisfying the inequality yields an upper bound on the average cost. Existence of lim⁡NJN\lim_N J^NlimN​JN is not given: (AC4) controls only the limit superior, and the limit must be identified through every subsequence. For the template results, the difficulty is in the Markov chain side: the convergence of first passage times and costs of the truncated chains, which fails for general approximating sequences (Examples C.4.4, C.4.7).

Formalization scope

The Lean development is in the namespace SennottDP.AvgASM. The state space is any countable type; action sets are Finsets, assumed nonempty; costs are finite and nonnegative (ℝ≥0); transition probabilities are ℝ≥0∞-valued, with each row a probability distribution for admissible actions. All value functions and average costs take values in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞] (ℝ≥0∞), and every infimum over policies ranges over the full class of history-dependent randomized policies. The JNJ^NJN and rNr^NrN of (AC1) are real; the limits superior and inferior over NNN in (AC2)–(AC4) and (WAC) are taken in EReal, so an unbounded sequence cannot produce a junk finite value. The equality J(i)=lim⁡NJNJ(i)=\lim_N J^NJ(i)=limN​JN is stated in EReal, which also asserts that J(i)J(i)J(i) is finite. Quantities of ΔN\Delta_NΔN​ at states outside SNS_NSN​ are junk values that affect only finitely many NNN for each state.

A trivializing formalization is ruled out: JNJ^NJN and rNr^NrN are the witnesses of (AC1), not free variables, the policies eNe^NeN must realize the minimum in (8.1) for those witnesses, and the minimum average cost JJJ is an infimum over all policies, so the goal cannot be satisfied by choosing J∗J^*J∗ or the limit policy.

A complete development needs: the induced process law of a general policy; the average cost optimality inequality argument (Lemma 7.2.1); the finite-state average cost results of Chapter 6 (Propositions 6.4.1, 6.5.1, 6.6.3); a Fatou lemma for converging distributions (Proposition A.2.5); limit points of policy sequences (Proposition B.5); and, for the template results, the theory of zzz standard chains and conformity (Appendix C.2–C.5). The Markov chain layer and the approximating sequence definitions are reusable beyond this mission. Contributions of any of these intermediate results as separate theorems are welcome.

Selected references

  • L. I. Sennott, Stochastic Dynamic Programming and the Control of Queueing Systems, Wiley Series in Probability and Statistics, John Wiley & Sons, 1999. https://doi.org/10.1002/9780470317037
  • L. I. Sennott, "The computation of average optimal policies in denumerable state Markov decision chains", Advances in Applied Probability 29 (1997), 114–137 (cited as Sennott (1997a) in the book).
  • L. I. Sennott, "On computing average cost optimal policies with application to routing to parallel queues", ZOR — Mathematical Methods of Operations Research 45 (1997), 45–62 (cited as Sennott (1997b) in the book).
13 thms2 active users
Markov ChainOperations ResearchStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Analysis and Algorithms for Service Parts Supply Chains VI: The Shortfall Distribution of Capacity-Limited SystemsTextbook

Motivation

Service parts supply chains are often limited by a capacitated resource, such as a production line or a repair shop, instead of by lead times alone. Once capacity binds, the classical tools for setting stock levels (Palm's theorem and the Poisson distribution of units in resupply) no longer apply, and the quantity that determines how much stock is needed is the shortfall: the amount by which the end-of-period inventory falls below its target because capacity was insufficient. Chapter 8 of Muckstadt, Analysis and Algorithms for Service Parts Supply Chains (Springer 2005, DOI 10.1007/b138879) builds its tactical planning models for capacity-limited systems on the distribution of this random variable, and on a continuous-time repair queue in which item counts are geometric.

The shortfall recursion is the Lindley recursion of queueing theory (Lindley 1952), so its stationary law is the law of the maximum of a random walk with negative drift. The exponential tail of that maximum goes back to Cramér's work on ruin probabilities; for capacitated production–inventory systems it was stated by Glasserman (1997), whose theorem the book quotes as Theorem 11. Glasserman and Tayur (1995) used the shortfall to optimize base-stock levels in multi-echelon capacitated systems, and Roundy and Muckstadt (2000) studied the mass-exponential approximation that the theorem motivates.

Setting

A single item is produced in periods n=1,2,…n = 1, 2, \dotsn=1,2,… of an infinite horizon; at most ccc units can be produced per period. The demand of period nnn is DnD_nDn​; the demands are nonnegative, independent and identically distributed, with generic demand DDD and E[D]<cE[D] < cE[D]<c (the standing assumption of Section 8.1.1).

Under the modified (s−1,s)(s-1, s)(s−1,s) policy with target level sss, the facility observes DnD_nDn​ and produces min⁡{c,s−In−1+Dn}\min\{c, s - I_{n-1} + D_n\}min{c,s−In−1​+Dn​} units, where InI_nIn​ is the end-of-period net inventory and I0=sI_0 = sI0​=s. The shortfall Vn=s−InV_n = s - I_nVn​=s−In​ satisfies V0=0V_0 = 0V0​=0 and

Vn=[Vn−1+Dn−c]+.(8.1)V_n = \left[V_{n-1} + D_n - c\right]^+ . \tag{8.1}Vn​=[Vn−1​+Dn​−c]+.(8.1)

With the random walk Sn=∑k=1n(Dk−c)S_n = \sum_{k=1}^{n} (D_k - c)Sn​=∑k=1n​(Dk​−c) (S0=0S_0 = 0S0​=0), the stationary shortfall is

V=sup⁡n≥0Sn.V = \sup_{n \ge 0} S_n .V=n≥0sup​Sn​.

A law on R\mathbb RR is lattice if it is concentrated on a progression a+dZa + d\mathbb Za+dZ with d>0d > 0d>0.

In the discrete case (ccc and DDD integer valued) (Vn)(V_n)(Vn​) is a Markov chain on {0,1,2,… }\{0, 1, 2, \dots\}{0,1,2,…} with transition probabilities pijp_{ij}pij​ (p. 185). In the repair model of Section 8.3.1, reparable units of item iii arrive at rate λi\lambda_iλi​, λ=∑iλi\lambda = \sum_i \lambda_iλ=∑i​λi​, a single exponential server repairs at rate μ>λ\mu > \lambdaμ>λ, NNN is the number of units in repair and NiN_iNi​ the number of item-iii units, and ηi=λi/(μ−λ+λi)\eta_i = \lambda_i/(\mu - \lambda + \lambda_i)ηi​=λi​/(μ−λ+λi​).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 11, corrected (p. 191)

Assume E[eαD]<∞E[e^{\alpha D}] < \inftyE[eαD]<∞ for all α<δ\alpha < \deltaα<δ, with δ>0\delta > 0δ>0; P[D>c]>0P[D > c] > 0P[D>c]>0; the law of DDD is non-lattice; and E[e−α(c−D)]=1E[e^{-\alpha(c-D)}] = 1E[e−α(c−D)]=1 has a root in (0,δ)(0, \delta)(0,δ). Then there are β>0\beta > 0β>0 and α>0\alpha > 0α>0 with

P{V>v}βe−αv→1(v→∞),α the unique positive root of E[e−α(c−D)]=1.\frac{P\{V > v\}}{\beta e^{-\alpha v}} \to 1 \quad (v \to \infty), \qquad \alpha \text{ the unique positive root of } E\left[e^{-\alpha(c - D)}\right] = 1 .βe−αvP{V>v}​→1(v→∞),α the unique positive root of E[e−α(c−D)]=1.

The constant β\betaβ is left unspecified, as in the book.

Milestones, in attack order

  1. Eq. (8.1): under the modified policy, s−In=Vns - I_n = V_ns−In​=Vn​ for every nnn, independently of sss.
  2. Section 8.1.1: V<∞V < \inftyV<∞ almost surely, P{Vn>v}→P{V>v}P\{V_n > v\} \to P\{V > v\}P{Vn​>v}→P{V>v} for every vvv, and the law of VVV is stationary for (8.1).
  3. Eq. (8.2): for v>0v > 0v>0, P{Vn>v}=P{Dn>v+c}+ED[1(d≤v+c) P{Vn−1>v+c−d}]P\{V_n > v\} = P\{D_n > v + c\} + E_D[1(d \le v + c)\, P\{V_{n-1} > v + c - d\}]P{Vn​>v}=P{Dn​>v+c}+ED​[1(d≤v+c)P{Vn−1​>v+c−d}].
  4. Theorem 11, second sentence: E[e−α(c−D)]=1E[e^{-\alpha(c-D)}] = 1E[e−α(c−D)]=1 has at most one positive root.
  5. Section 8.1.2: with integer demand, (Vn)(V_n)(Vn​) is a Markov chain with transition probabilities pijp_{ij}pij​.
  6. Section 8.1.2: πi=lim⁡nP{Vn=i}\pi_i = \lim_n P\{V_n = i\}πi​=limn​P{Vn​=i} exists and solves πP=π\pi\mathcal P = \piπP=π, ∑iπi=1\sum_i \pi_i = 1∑i​πi​=1, πi≥0\pi_i \ge 0πi​≥0.
  7. Section 8.3.1: if NNN is geometric with parameter λ/μ\lambda/\muλ/μ and NiN_iNi​ given N=jN = jN=j is binomial(j,λi/λ)(j, \lambda_i/\lambda)(j,λi​/λ), then P[Ni=j]=(1−ηi)ηijP[N_i = j] = (1 - \eta_i)\eta_i^jP[Ni​=j]=(1−ηi​)ηij​.
  8. Section 8.3.1: ∑j>spi(j)=ηis+1\sum_{j > s} p_i(j) = \eta_i^{s+1}∑j>s​pi​(j)=ηis+1​, and the smallest cost-minimising stock level is the smallest sss with ηis+1≤hi/(hi+b)\eta_i^{s+1} \le h_i/(h_i + b)ηis+1​≤hi​/(hi​+b).

Significance

The exponential tail is the justification the book gives for approximating the shortfall by a mass-exponential law (an atom at zero plus an exponential tail), from which target stock levels and fill rates are computed in closed form. The decay rate α\alphaα depends only on the demand law and the capacity, so the theorem also says how the stock needed for a given service level grows as utilization approaches one. The discrete-chain milestones justify the exact computation of the shortfall distribution behind the book's Table 8.1 and Figures 8.3–8.8. The geometric law of NiN_iNi​ reduces the multi-item repair problem to independent newsvendor problems with an explicit solution.

The asymptotics of the random-walk maximum are proved in the literature (Cramér–Lundberg theory, Feller Vol. II, XII.5; Asmussen, Applied Probability and Queues, XIII.5); no machine-checked proof is known to exist. Mathlib has neither the Lindley recursion, nor ladder-height decompositions, nor the key renewal theorem for non-lattice laws. The printed Theorem 11 is not correct as stated (see Formalization scope), so the mission also records a corrected statement.

Difficulty

The central step of the goal is the passage from the random walk to an exact asymptotic. An exponential change of measure (Esscher tilt) with the root α\alphaα turns P{V>v}P\{V > v\}P{V>v} into an expectation under a law with positive drift, but it only yields the upper bound P{V>v}≤e−αvP\{V > v\} \le e^{-\alpha v}P{V>v}≤e−αv (Lundberg's inequality); it does not show that eαvP{V>v}e^{\alpha v}P\{V > v\}eαvP{V>v} converges, nor that the limit is positive. Convergence needs a renewal theorem for the overshoot of the tilted walk, which fails for lattice laws. That is why the non-lattice hypothesis cannot be dropped. For the milestones, the existence of the stationary law needs the reversal argument that identifies the law of VnV_nVn​ with that of max⁡k≤nSk\max_{k \le n} S_kmaxk≤n​Sk​, plus the strong law of large numbers to show V<∞V < \inftyV<∞ from E[D]<cE[D] < cE[D]<c.

Formalization scope

  • Model. Demands are real, nonnegative, measurable, i.i.d. (iIndepFun plus IdentDistrib with D1D_1D1​), integrable, with E[D]<cE[D] < cE[D]<c; these are fields of ShortfallModel. Periods are numbered from 111 as in the book (demand 0 is an unused i.i.d. copy). The discrete case is a separate structure with N\mathbb NN-valued demand and capacity.
  • Stationary shortfall. The book's "stationary distribution ... Let VVV represent this random variable" is pinned to V=sup⁡n≥0SnV = \sup_{n \ge 0} S_nV=supn≥0​Sn​, taken in [0,∞][0, \infty][0,∞] and converted to a real number; milestone 2 proves that it is the limit law of VnV_nVn​ from V0=0V_0 = 0V0​=0 and a stationary law of (8.1). The discrete πi\pi_iπi​ is pinned to lim⁡nP{Vn=i}\lim_n P\{V_n = i\}limn​P{Vn​=i}.
  • Corrections to Theorem 11. The printed theorem is false. For integer demand P{V>v}P\{V > v\}P{V>v} is a step function, and no βe−αv\beta e^{-\alpha v}βe−αv is asymptotic to it. If E[eαD]E[e^{\alpha D}]E[eαD] is finite only for α<δ\alpha < \deltaα<δ, the equation E[e−α(c−D)]=1E[e^{-\alpha(c-D)}] = 1E[e−α(c−D)]=1 may have no root in (0,δ)(0,\delta)(0,δ). The goal therefore adds two labelled hypotheses: a non-lattice demand law, and a root in (0,δ)(0, \delta)(0,δ). The mass-exponential demand of Section 8.1.3 (an atom at 000 plus a density) is non-lattice. The approximation β≈e−2(.583)(c−E(D))/σ\beta \approx e^{-2(.583)(c-E(D))/\sigma}β≈e−2(.583)(c−E(D))/σ is not stated.
  • Repair model. The M/M/1 queue is not built. The geometric law of NNN (asserted on p. 202) and the binomial split of NNN (quoted from Chapter 3) enter milestone 7 as hypotheses, exactly as the page's proof uses them. The stability condition λ<μ\lambda < \muλ<μ, not written on the page, is a hypothesis. "The optimal sis_isi​" is read as the smallest minimiser of the cost.
  • Ruled out. Stating Theorem 11 with α\alphaα or β\betaβ allowed to depend on vvv, with β=0\beta = 0β=0 (the ratio would be a division by zero, which Lean evaluates to 000), or for a VVV postulated to have an exponential tail proves nothing. Here β,α\beta, \alphaβ,α are quantified before vvv, both are asserted positive, and VVV is constructed from the demands.
  • Not formalized. The mass-exponential approximations (8.3)–(8.4), the Roundy–Muckstadt refinement, the fill-rate formula η(s)\eta(s)η(s) (a definition, whose steady-state identity needs uniform integrability the book does not discuss), the random-capacity chain on p. 186, and the monotonicity of sis_isi​ in μ\muμ.
  • Reusable infrastructure. Welcome: the Lindley recursion and its reversal identity, the Loynes existence theorem, Lundberg's inequality, and a non-lattice renewal theorem. All of these are needed well beyond this mission, in queueing (GI/G/1 waiting times) and ruin theory.

Selected references

  • J. A. Muckstadt, Analysis and Algorithms for Service Parts Supply Chains, Springer, 2005, Chapter 8. https://doi.org/10.1007/b138879
  • P. Glasserman, Bounds and asymptotics for planning critical safety stocks, Operations Research 45(2), 244–257, 1997. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.45.2.244
  • P. Glasserman and S. Tayur, Sensitivity analysis for base-stock levels in multiechelon production-inventory systems, Management Science 41(2), 263–281, 1995 (the book's reference [97]). https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.41.2.263
  • R. O. Roundy and J. A. Muckstadt, Heuristic computation of periodic-review base stock inventory policies, Management Science 46(1), 104–109, 2000. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.46.1.104.15131
  • D. V. Lindley, The theory of queues with a single server, Mathematical Proceedings of the Cambridge Philosophical Society 48(2), 277–289, 1952. https://doi.org/10.1017/S0305004100027638
  • W. Feller, An Introduction to Probability Theory and Its Applications, Vol. II, 2nd ed., Wiley, 1971, Chapter XII.
  • S. Asmussen, Applied Probability and Queues, 2nd ed., Springer, 2003, Chapter XIII. https://doi.org/10.1007/b97236
12 thms2 active usersReviewed
Operations ResearchStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Analysis and Algorithms for Service Parts Supply Chains III: Palm's Theorem for (s–1, s) PoliciesTextbook

Motivation

Service parts (spare engines, avionics modules, repairable components) are usually managed one unit at a time: whenever a customer order removes a unit from stock, a replacement is ordered at once, from a repair shop or an outside supplier. This is the (s–1, s) policy, under which the inventory position (on hand plus on order minus backorders) stays constant at the stock level sss. Every performance measure of such a system (fill rate, expected backorders, availability) is a function of one random variable: the number of units in resupply, i.e. ordered but not yet returned. Chapter 3 of Muckstadt, Analysis and Algorithms for Service Parts Supply Chains (Springer 2005) computes its distribution, and the rest of the book (the METRIC-type multi-echelon models of Chapters 4 and 5, the stock-level optimization of Section 3.4) is built on that computation.

Timeline. C. Palm (1938) showed, in the setting of telephone traffic, that in an infinite-server system with Poisson arrivals the number of busy servers has, in steady state, a Poisson law whose mean is the arrival rate times the mean service time, whatever the service-time distribution. Feeney and Sherbrooke (1966) carried the result to (s–1, s) inventory systems with compound Poisson demand, and treated the lost-sales case. Sherbrooke's METRIC model (1968) made the Poisson law of units in resupply the basis of multi-echelon spare-parts planning.

Setting

A single item is stocked at one location. Customer orders arrive at epochs T0<T1<⋯T_0 < T_1 < \cdotsT0​<T1​<⋯ of a Poisson process with rate λ>0\lambda > 0λ>0, started empty at time 000: the interarrival times AkA_kAk​ are independent and exponential with rate λ\lambdaλ, and Tk=A0+⋯+AkT_k = A_0 + \cdots + A_kTk​=A0​+⋯+Ak​. The kkk-th order triggers a resupply order with resupply time Lk≥0L_k \ge 0Lk​≥0. The resupply times are independent and identically distributed, independent of the arrival process, with a density ggg, distribution function G(u)=P[L≤u]G(u) = P[L \le u]G(u)=P[L≤u] and finite mean

τˉ=E[L]=∫0∞[1−G(u)] du.\bar\tau = E[L] = \int_0^\infty [1 - G(u)]\,du .τˉ=E[L]=∫0∞​[1−G(u)]du.

With backorders allowed, the number of units in resupply at time ttt is

X(t)=#{k:Tk≤t<Tk+Lk},X(t) = \#\{k : T_k \le t < T_k + L_k\},X(t)=#{k:Tk​≤t<Tk​+Lk​},

and N(t)=#{k:Tk≤t}N(t) = \#\{k : T_k \le t\}N(t)=#{k:Tk​≤t} counts the orders placed in [0,t][0,t][0,t]. On-hand stock and backorders at time ttt are (s−X(t))+(s - X(t))^+(s−X(t))+ and (X(t)−s)+(X(t) - s)^+(X(t)−s)+.

In the compound Poisson version the kkk-th order asks for Xk≥1X_k \ge 1Xk​≥1 units, the sizes are i.i.d. with uj=P[Xk=j]u_j = P[X_k = j]uj​=P[Xk​=j], independent of arrivals and resupply times, and all units of one order share its resupply time LkL_kLk​. The units in resupply are Y(t)=∑k:Tk≤t<Tk+LkXkY(t) = \sum_{k : T_k \le t < T_k + L_k} X_kY(t)=∑k:Tk​≤t<Tk​+Lk​​Xk​. Writing un(y)u^{(y)}_nun(y)​ for the probability that yyy orders ask for nnn units in total, the compound Poisson probabilities with parameter μ\muμ are

p(n∣μ)=∑y=0nμye−μy! un(y).p(n \mid \mu) = \sum_{y=0}^{n} \frac{\mu^y e^{-\mu}}{y!}\,u^{(y)}_n .p(n∣μ)=y=0∑n​y!μye−μ​un(y)​.

In the lost-sales version an order that finds no stock on hand is lost, so at most sss units are ever in resupply.

Formalization targets

Goal: Palm's theorem (Theorem 6, p. 39)

For every x≥0x \ge 0x≥0,

lim⁡t→∞P[X(t)=x]=e−λτˉ(λτˉ)xx!.\lim_{t\to\infty} P[X(t) = x] = e^{-\lambda\bar\tau}\frac{(\lambda\bar\tau)^x}{x!}.t→∞lim​P[X(t)=x]=e−λτˉx!(λτˉ)x​.

The resupply-time law enters only through its mean. This is the statement the book's proof establishes and every later chapter uses.

The proof's milestones (pp. 38–41)

  1. Eq. (3.5): P[N(t)=n]=e−λt(λt)n/n!P[N(t) = n] = e^{-\lambda t}(\lambda t)^n/n!P[N(t)=n]=e−λt(λt)n/n!.
  2. Eq. (3.3): given N(t)=nN(t) = nN(t)=n, the epochs (T0,…,Tn−1)(T_0, \dots, T_{n-1})(T0​,…,Tn−1​) have density n!/tnn!/t^nn!/tn on 0<t1<⋯<tn<t0 < t_1 < \cdots < t_n < t0<t1​<⋯<tn​<t.
  3. Eq. (3.7): given N(t)=nN(t) = nN(t)=n, X(t)X(t)X(t) is binomial with parameters nnn and p=1t∫0t[1−G(u)] dup = \frac1t\int_0^t[1-G(u)]\,dup=t1​∫0t​[1−G(u)]du.
  4. Eq. (3.8): for every t>0t > 0t>0, X(t)X(t)X(t) is Poisson with mean λ∫0t[1−G(u)] du\lambda\int_0^t[1-G(u)]\,duλ∫0t​[1−G(u)]du.
  5. Eq. (3.10): ∫0t[1−G(u)] du→τˉ\int_0^t[1-G(u)]\,du \to \bar\tau∫0t​[1−G(u)]du→τˉ.

Extensions in Section 3.1

  1. Theorem 7 (pp. 43–44): with compound Poisson demand, lim⁡t→∞P[Y(t)=n]=p(n∣λτˉ)\lim_{t\to\infty}P[Y(t) = n] = p(n \mid \lambda\bar\tau)limt→∞​P[Y(t)=n]=p(n∣λτˉ).
  2. Theorem 8 (p. 44): in the lost-sales system with exponential resupply times of rate β\betaβ, the probability vectors solving the balance equations are exactly the truncated Poisson law πx∝(λ/β)x/x!\pi_x \propto (\lambda/\beta)^x/x!πx​∝(λ/β)x/x!, 0≤x≤s0 \le x \le s0≤x≤s.
  3. Theorem 9 (pp. 46–47): for a due-date delay T≥0T \ge 0T≥0, the units in resupply that have been there for at least TTT satisfy lim⁡t→∞P[YT(t)=n]=p(n∣λτˉα)\lim_{t\to\infty}P[Y_T(t) = n] = p(n \mid \lambda\bar\tau\alpha)limt→∞​P[YT​(t)=n]=p(n∣λτˉα) with α=1τˉ∫T∞[1−G(t)] dt\alpha = \frac1{\bar\tau}\int_T^\infty[1-G(t)]\,dtα=τˉ1​∫T∞​[1−G(t)]dt.

Significance

The result. Palm's theorem turns an infinite-dimensional object (the whole resupply-time distribution) into one number, τˉ\bar\tauτˉ. This insensitivity is what makes spare-parts planning computable: the expected backorders at stock level sss are ∑x>s(x−s) p(x∣λτˉ)\sum_{x > s}(x - s)\,p(x \mid \lambda\bar\tau)∑x>s​(x−s)p(x∣λτˉ), the fill rate is P[X≤s−1]P[X \le s - 1]P[X≤s−1], and both can be optimized over sss with only the demand rate and mean repair time as data. Theorem 7 extends this to batch demand, Theorem 9 to systems allowed a response time, and Theorem 8 gives the exact law when shortages are lost instead of backordered.

Formalizing it. All of these results are classical and proved. None of them is formalized on the platform, and Mathlib has Poisson and exponential distributions but no Poisson process, no thinning theorem and no infinite-server queue. The mission produces a Poisson arrival stream built from i.i.d. exponential gaps, the conditional-uniformity property of its epochs, independent thinning, and the M/G/∞ transient law, all reusable in queueing and inventory missions.

Difficulty

The algebra of the proof (summing the binomial against the Poisson law of N(t)N(t)N(t)) is short. The work is in the probabilistic step the book treats in a sentence: that, given N(t)=nN(t) = nN(t)=n, the nnn orders behave like independent uniform epochs, each of which independently is still in resupply at time ttt with the same probability ppp. This needs the joint law of the partial sums of exponential variables (Eq. (3.3)), and then a symmetrization argument, since the epochs are ordered while the resupply times are attached to order indices. The naive route of computing P[X(t)=x]P[X(t) = x]P[X(t)=x] by conditioning on individual epochs does not go through without that exchangeability step. The limit t→∞t \to \inftyt→∞ is then elementary; stating a stationary version directly is not a substitute, since the book's "steady state" is exactly this limit.

Formalization scope

The model is a structure on a probability space (Ω,P)(\Omega, P)(Ω,P): exponential interarrival times with rate λ>0\lambda > 0λ>0, nonnegative resupply times with a density and an integrable first coordinate, and mutual independence of the whole family. Orders are indexed from 000, so the book's X1,…,XnX_1, \dots, X_nX1​,…,Xn​ are T0,…,Tn−1T_0, \dots, T_{n-1}T0​,…,Tn−1​. Counts are cardinalities of sets of order indices, with value 000 on the probability-zero event where infinitely many orders fall in a bounded interval.

Commitments and pinnings:

  • "Steady state probability" (Theorems 6, 7, 9) is lim⁡t→∞P[⋅(t)=x]\lim_{t\to\infty}P[\cdot(t) = x]limt→∞​P[⋅(t)=x] for the system empty at time 000, which is what the proofs compute via (3.8)–(3.11).
  • Independence of resupply times from arrivals is not written in Theorem 6 but is used on p. 40; it is part of the model.
  • The stock level sss does not enter the backorder model; it matters only in Theorem 8.
  • Theorem 8 is stated algebraically: a vector on {0,…,s}\{0, \dots, s\}{0,…,s} solves the balance equations (3.26), (3.25) for 0<j<s0 < j < s0<j<s and (3.32), and sums to one, if and only if it is the truncated Poisson law. The book obtains these equations by letting t→∞t \to \inftyt→∞ in the forward equations under the unproved assumption Pj′(t)→0P_j'(t) \to 0Pj′​(t)→0. The book writes (3.25) "for 0≤j≤s0 \le j \le s0≤j≤s", which at j=sj = sj=s contradicts its own (3.32); the boundary equation (3.32) is used. The sentence on p. 46 extending Theorem 8 to arbitrary resupply densities is asserted without proof and is not stated.
  • Theorem 7 identifies the limit law by its probabilities (3.22)–(3.23); its mean λτˉuˉ\lambda\bar\tau\bar uλτˉuˉ is a property of that law. Theorem 9 is stated for compound demand as the book states it, although the book's proof covers only the Poisson case.

A model in which X(t)X(t)X(t) is postulated through its law, or in which resupply times may depend on the arrival epochs, makes the goal empty or false; here X(t)X(t)X(t) is computed from the primitive arrival and resupply times, whose joint law is fully specified.

Welcome contributions: a general Poisson-process library (construction from exponential gaps, Poisson marginals, order-statistics property), independent thinning, and proofs of the milestones in the listed order.

Selected references

  • J. A. Muckstadt, Analysis and Algorithms for Service Parts Supply Chains, Springer Series in Operations Research and Financial Engineering, 2005, Chapter 3. https://doi.org/10.1007/b138879
  • C. Palm, "Analysis of the Erlang traffic formula for busy-signal arrangements", Ericsson Technics 5, 1938, 39–58.
  • G. J. Feeney and C. C. Sherbrooke, "The (s–1, s) inventory policy under compound Poisson demand", Management Science 12(5), 1966, 391–411. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.12.5.391
  • C. C. Sherbrooke, "METRIC: A multi-echelon technique for recoverable item control", Operations Research 16(1), 1968, 122–141. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.16.1.122
  • S. M. Ross, Stochastic Processes, 2nd ed., Wiley, 1996, Section 2.3 (conditional distribution of arrival times) and Section 2.4 (the M/G/∞ queue).
12 thms2 active usersReviewed
Operations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Introduction to the Scenario Approach V: Support Sets Certify the Violation of Nonconvex Scenario SolutionsTextbook

Why certify nonconvex scenario solutions

The scenario approach replaces an optimization problem with uncertain constraints θ∈Θδ\theta\in\Theta_\deltaθ∈Θδ​, δ∈Δ\delta\in\Deltaδ∈Δ, by the program that enforces only NNN constraints Θδ1,…,ΘδN\Theta_{\delta_1},\dots,\Theta_{\delta_N}Θδ1​​,…,ΘδN​​ drawn at random from the distribution P\mathbb PP of the uncertainty. Its solution θ∗\theta^*θ∗ is then judged by its violation, the probability that a new instance δ\deltaδ is not satisfied. For convex programs in Rd\mathbb R^dRd the violation is controlled by the dimension ddd alone (Calafiore and Campi 2006; Campi and Garatti 2008), because a convex program has at most ddd support constraints. Many problems where the scenario approach is used in practice are not convex: control with quantized inputs, mixed-integer design, classification with nonconvex losses, and decisions over infinite-dimensional or unstructured sets. For those programs no a priori bound on the number of constraints that determine the solution exists.

Timeline, as recorded in Chapter 8 of Campi and Garatti's textbook:

  • 2006–2008: the violation of convex scenario solutions is bounded, and then characterized exactly, in terms of ddd.
  • 2018: the wait-and-judge theory (Campi and Garatti, Math. Programming 2018) evaluates the violation from the number of support constraints counted after solving the program; it extends to nonconvex programs but requires a nondegeneracy assumption.
  • 2018: Campi, Garatti and Ramponi (IEEE TAC 2018) prove a bound in terms of the size of any support set, with no convexity and no nondegeneracy assumption. This is the result formalized here, stated in the book as Eq. (8.15).

Setting

Let Θ\ThetaΘ be a generic set; it may be an infinite-dimensional space or a set with no algebraic structure. Let f:Θ→Rf:\Theta\to\mathbb Rf:Θ→R be a cost and Θδ⊆Θ\Theta_\delta\subseteq\ThetaΘδ​⊆Θ constraint sets indexed by δ∈Δ\delta\in\Deltaδ∈Δ, where Δ\DeltaΔ carries a probability P\mathbb PP. Neither fff nor the Θδ\Theta_\deltaΘδ​ is required to be convex. With a sample δ1,…,δN\delta_1,\dots,\delta_Nδ1​,…,δN​ drawn independently from P\mathbb PP, the scenario program is

min⁡θ∈Θf(θ)subject toθ∈⋂i=1,…,NΘδi,(8.12)\min_{\theta\in\Theta} f(\theta)\quad\text{subject to}\quad \theta\in\bigcap_{i=1,\dots,N}\Theta_{\delta_i},\tag{8.12}θ∈Θmin​f(θ)subject toθ∈i=1,…,N⋂​Θδi​​,(8.12)

and θ∗\theta^*θ∗ denotes its solution, assumed to exist and be unique for every sample.

The violation of a decision is V(θ)=P{δ∈Δ:θ∉Θδ}V(\theta)=\mathbb P\{\delta\in\Delta:\theta\notin\Theta_\delta\}V(θ)=P{δ∈Δ:θ∈/Θδ​} (Definition 3.1).

A support set (Definition 8.8) is a subset {Θδi1,…,Θδik}\{\Theta_{\delta_{i_1}},\dots,\Theta_{\delta_{i_k}}\}{Θδi1​​​,…,Θδik​​​} of the constraints such that the program with only these constraints in place has the same solution θ∗\theta^*θ∗ as the program with all constraints. The full set of constraints is always a support set; a support set need not be minimal (of smallest cardinality) or irreducible (with no removable element). Let σ∗\sigma^*σ∗ be the cardinality of the support set returned, for every sample, by some fixed algorithm.

Formalization targets

Goal: the support-set bound, Eq. (8.15)

For every function ϵ:{0,1,…,N}→[0,1]\epsilon:\{0,1,\dots,N\}\to[0,1]ϵ:{0,1,…,N}→[0,1] with ϵ(N)=1\epsilon(N)=1ϵ(N)=1,

PN{V(θ∗)>ϵ(σ∗)}≤∑k=0N−1(Nk) (1−ϵ(k))N−k.\mathbb P^N\{V(\theta^*)>\epsilon(\sigma^*)\}\le\sum_{k=0}^{N-1}\binom Nk\,(1-\epsilon(k))^{N-k}.PN{V(θ∗)>ϵ(σ∗)}≤k=0∑N−1​(kN​)(1−ϵ(k))N−k.

The level function ϵ\epsilonϵ is free: the statement is one inequality per admissible ϵ\epsilonϵ, and it holds for any algorithm producing support sets. This is the weakest form that carries the whole result.

Milestone: the level function for a confidence β\betaβ, Eq. (8.16)

For β∈[0,1]\beta\in[0,1]β∈[0,1] let

ϵ(k)={1k=N,1−βN(Nk)N−kotherwise.\epsilon(k)=\begin{cases}1 & k=N,\\ 1-\sqrt[N-k]{\dfrac{\beta}{N\binom Nk}} & \text{otherwise.}\end{cases}ϵ(k)=⎩⎨⎧​11−N−kN(kN​)β​​​k=N,otherwise.​

The arithmetic half states that ϵ\epsilonϵ maps {0,…,N}\{0,\dots,N\}{0,…,N} into [0,1][0,1][0,1], ϵ(N)=1\epsilon(N)=1ϵ(N)=1, and the right-hand side of (8.15) equals β\betaβ (for N≥1N\ge1N≥1). The probabilistic half states PN{V(θ∗)>ϵ(σ∗)}≤β\mathbb P^N\{V(\theta^*)>\epsilon(\sigma^*)\}\le\betaPN{V(θ∗)>ϵ(σ∗)}≤β.

Significance

The result turns the size of a support set, a quantity observed after the program is solved, into a certificate on the violation of the solution, for any optimization or decision problem whose solution is determined by a subset of the data. With the choice (8.16), a user who finds a support set of size σ∗\sigma^*σ∗ can assert V(θ∗)≤ϵ(σ∗)V(\theta^*)\le\epsilon(\sigma^*)V(θ∗)≤ϵ(σ∗) with confidence 1−β1-\beta1−β. The book's Figure 8.12 shows that ϵ(k)\epsilon(k)ϵ(k) for β=10−6\beta=10^{-6}β=10−6 remains well below 111 for kkk up to a sizeable fraction of NNN. Because the algorithm that finds the support set is arbitrary, cheap heuristics that return non-minimal support sets still give valid, if weaker, guarantees. The result does not recover the tight convex bound (3.4); for convex programs the Chapter 3 theory remains sharper.

The statement is proved in [31] and is the probabilistic core of the sample-compression arguments of learning theory (Floyd and Warmuth 1995) in the form used by the scenario approach. To the best of available knowledge it has no machine-checked proof. The platform's UnderstandingML.compression_bound proves a sample-compression bound for a fixed compression size with a different constant; it does not cover a data-dependent size σ∗\sigma^*σ∗ or an arbitrary level function. A formal proof here provides a reusable bound for data-dependent support sets over arbitrary decision sets.

Difficulty

The natural first step is: condition on the support set being a particular index set III with ∣I∣=k|I|=k∣I∣=k, and argue that the solution is then a function of the kkk sampled constraints in III alone, while the other N−kN-kN−k samples are independent of it and must all be satisfied. The difficulty is that the event "the algorithm returns III" depends on all NNN samples, and the solution of the reduced program on III is defined only where that program has a unique solution; the decomposition of the probability therefore has to be carried out on sections of the product space, with a measurability argument for each piece. A second point is that σ∗\sigma^*σ∗ is random and data-dependent: a bound for each fixed kkk does not directly give a bound at the random level ϵ(σ∗)\epsilon(\sigma^*)ϵ(σ∗), and the role of the condition ϵ(N)=1\epsilon(N)=1ϵ(N)=1 must be accounted for at k=Nk=Nk=N.

Formalization scope

Lean representation and committed conventions:

  • Θ\ThetaΘ and Δ\DeltaΔ are arbitrary types with measurable structures; P\mathbb PP is a probability measure on Δ\DeltaΔ; a sample is ω : Fin N → Δ with law Measure.pi (fun _ : Fin N => P); indices run over 0,…,N−10,\dots,N-10,…,N−1.
  • A subset of constraints is a Finset (Fin N); the reduced program with index set III has feasible set ⋂i∈IΘδi\bigcap_{i\in I}\Theta_{\delta_i}⋂i∈I​Θδi​​ (all of Θ\ThetaΘ for I=∅I=\emptysetI=∅).
  • The solution map θ∗\theta^*θ∗ is a parameter with the hypothesis that θ∗(ω)\theta^*(\omega)θ∗(ω) is the unique solution of the full program for every sample.
  • "Has the same solution" in Definition 8.8 means: the reduced program has a unique solution and it equals the unique solution of the full program. Existence of solutions is not assumed for reduced programs in general, only for those that are support sets.
  • The algorithm is an arbitrary map alg : (Fin N → Δ) → Finset (Fin N) returning a support set for every sample; σ∗\sigma^*σ∗ is the cardinality of its output. The goal is universal over such maps.
  • ϵ\epsilonϵ is a real function on N\mathbb NN with ϵ(k)∈[0,1]\epsilon(k)\in[0,1]ϵ(k)∈[0,1] for k≤Nk\le Nk≤N and ϵ(N)=1\epsilon(N)=1ϵ(N)=1.
  • The violation is real-valued in [0,1][0,1][0,1]; the probability of the event is compared in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞] with ENNReal.ofReal of the real right-hand side.

Implicit hypotheses of the page, made explicit (the book states on p. 33 that measurability issues are glossed over): the constraint relation {(θ,δ):θ∈Θδ}\{(\theta,\delta):\theta\in\Theta_\delta\}{(θ,δ):θ∈Θδ​} is measurable in Θ×Δ\Theta\times\DeltaΘ×Δ; the solution map is measurable; each event {ω:the algorithm returns J}\{\omega:\text{the algorithm returns }J\}{ω:the algorithm returns J} is measurable; θ∗\theta^*θ∗ exists and is unique for every sample; N≥1N\ge1N≥1 in the arithmetic half of (8.16).

A trivializing formalization is ruled out: the algorithm is not existentially quantified and is not the minimal support set, the reduced programs are not all assumed solvable (which would be unsatisfiable when fff has no unconstrained minimizer), and the support-set property requires uniqueness of the reduced solution, without which the bound is false.

Needed infrastructure: product measures on Fin N → Δ, splitting of such products along a subset of coordinates, and Fubini/Tonelli for sections. These pieces are reusable for other compression-type bounds. Contributions welcome: proofs of the two milestones and of the goal, and lemmas on splitting Measure.pi over a Finset of coordinates.

Selected references

  • M. C. Campi, S. Garatti, Introduction to the Scenario Approach, MOS-SIAM Series on Optimization 26, SIAM/MOS, 2018, §8.6, pp. 101–105. https://doi.org/10.1137/1.9781611975444
  • M. C. Campi, S. Garatti, F. A. Ramponi, A general scenario theory for nonconvex optimization and decision making, IEEE Transactions on Automatic Control, 2018. https://doi.org/10.1109/TAC.2018.2808446
  • M. C. Campi, S. Garatti, Wait-and-judge scenario optimization, Mathematical Programming, 2018. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-016-1056-9
  • G. C. Calafiore, M. C. Campi, The scenario approach to robust control design, IEEE Transactions on Automatic Control, 2006. https://doi.org/10.1109/TAC.2006.875041
  • M. C. Campi, S. Garatti, The exact feasibility of randomized solutions of uncertain convex programs, SIAM Journal on Optimization, 2008. https://doi.org/10.1137/07069821X
  • S. Floyd, M. Warmuth, Sample compression, learnability, and the Vapnik–Chervonenkis dimension, Machine Learning, 1995. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF00993593
7 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Markov ChainStatistics·Captain: mikedeng1

A Note on Metropolis–Hastings Kernels for General State Spaces III: The Maximal Kernel of a Mixture Proposal Dominates the Mixture of Maximal Kernels Off the DiagonalResearch Paper

Motivation

A Markov chain Monte Carlo sampler is often assembled from simpler parts. A practitioner who has several proposal mechanisms Q1,Q2,…Q_1, Q_2, \dotsQ1​,Q2​,… for a Metropolis–Hastings sampler can combine them in two ways. Either each QiQ_iQi​ drives its own Metropolis–Hastings kernel PiP_iPi​ and the sampler picks kernel PiP_iPi​ with probability βi\beta_iβi​ at each step, or the mixture Q=∑iβiQiQ = \sum_i \beta_i Q_iQ=∑i​βi​Qi​ is used as a single proposal inside one Metropolis–Hastings kernel. Both samplers leave the target π\piπ invariant, so the choice is about efficiency.

Section 4 of Tierney (1998) settles the comparison: when both samplers use the maximal acceptance probability, the second never does worse in terms of asymptotic variances of sample-path averages. The statement that carries this is Proposition 5, an ordering of kernels in Peskun's off-diagonal order; the variance comparison then follows from Theorem 4 of the same paper, the general-state-space extension of Peskun (1973).

Timeline. Peskun (1973) introduced off-diagonal domination for finite state spaces and showed that the Metropolis–Hastings acceptance probability is maximal in that order. A version of Proposition 5 for discrete chains appears in the appendix of Tierney (1991) and in the rejoinder of Besag, Green, Higdon and Mengersen (1995). Tierney (1998) states and proves it for general state spaces, using the measure-theoretic description of Metropolis–Hastings kernels from §2 of the same paper.

Setting

Let (E,E)(E, \mathcal E)(E,E) be a measurable space and π\piπ a probability measure on it, the target. A proposal kernel Q(x,dy)Q(x, dy)Q(x,dy) is a Markov kernel on EEE. Given a measurable acceptance probability α:E×E→[0,1]\alpha : E \times E \to [0,1]α:E×E→[0,1], the Metropolis–Hastings kernel is

P(x,dy)=Q(x,dy) α(x,y)+δx(dy)∫(1−α(x,u)) Q(x,du),P(x, dy) = Q(x, dy)\,\alpha(x, y) + \delta_x(dy) \int \bigl(1 - \alpha(x, u)\bigr)\, Q(x, du),P(x,dy)=Q(x,dy)α(x,y)+δx​(dy)∫(1−α(x,u))Q(x,du),

where δx\delta_xδx​ is the point mass at xxx (mhKernel Q α).

Put μ(dx,dy)=π(dx)Q(x,dy)\mu(dx, dy) = \pi(dx) Q(x, dy)μ(dx,dy)=π(dx)Q(x,dy) and μT(dx,dy)=μ(dy,dx)\mu^T(dx, dy) = \mu(dy, dx)μT(dx,dy)=μ(dy,dx). With ν=μ+μT\nu = \mu + \mu^Tν=μ+μT and h=dμ/dνh = d\mu/d\nuh=dμ/dν (canonDensity), let

R={(x,y):h(x,y)>0, h(y,x)>0},r(x,y)=h(x,y)/h(y,x) on R,r=1 on RcR = \{(x, y) : h(x, y) > 0,\ h(y, x) > 0\},\qquad r(x, y) = h(x, y)/h(y, x) \text{ on } R,\quad r = 1 \text{ on } R^cR={(x,y):h(x,y)>0, h(y,x)>0},r(x,y)=h(x,y)/h(y,x) on R,r=1 on Rc

(canonR, canonRatio). The set RRR is symmetric, μ\muμ and μT\mu^TμT are mutually absolutely continuous on RRR and mutually singular off it (Proposition 1 of the paper). The Metropolis–Hastings acceptance probability is

αMH(x,y)=min⁡{1,r(y,x)} if (x,y)∈R,αMH(x,y)=0 otherwise\alpha_{MH}(x, y) = \min\{1, r(y, x)\} \text{ if } (x, y) \in R, \qquad \alpha_{MH}(x, y) = 0 \text{ otherwise}αMH​(x,y)=min{1,r(y,x)} if (x,y)∈R,αMH​(x,y)=0 otherwise

(alphaMH π Q), and the kernel with α=αMH\alpha = \alpha_{MH}α=αMH​ is the maximal Metropolis–Hastings kernel for QQQ (maxMHKernel π Q).

For kernels P1,P2P_1, P_2P1​,P2​ on EEE, P1P_1P1​ dominates P2P_2P2​ off the diagonal, P1⪰P2P_1 \succeq P_2P1​⪰P2​ (OffDiagDominates π P₁ P₂), if for π\piπ-almost every xxx, P1(x,A∖{x})≥P2(x,A∖{x})P_1(x, A \setminus \{x\}) \ge P_2(x, A \setminus \{x\})P1​(x,A∖{x})≥P2​(x,A∖{x}) for all A∈EA \in \mathcal EA∈E. For a countable family of kernels KiK_iKi​ and weights βi≥0\beta_i \ge 0βi​≥0, the mixture ∑iβiKi\sum_i \beta_i K_i∑i​βi​Ki​ is the kernel x↦∑iβiKi(x,⋅)x \mapsto \sum_i \beta_i K_i(x, \cdot)x↦∑i​βi​Ki​(x,⋅) (mixKernel β K).

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 5

Let QiQ_iQi​ be a finite or countable family of proposal kernels and βi≥0\beta_i \ge 0βi​≥0 with ∑iβi=1\sum_i \beta_i = 1∑i​βi​=1. Let PiP_iPi​ be the maximal Metropolis–Hastings kernel for QiQ_iQi​ and PPP the maximal Metropolis–Hastings kernel for Q=∑iβiQiQ = \sum_i \beta_i Q_iQ=∑i​βi​Qi​. Then

P⪰∑iβiPi.P \succeq \sum_i \beta_i P_i .P⪰i∑​βi​Pi​.

Both sides use maximal kernels: PPP uses αMH\alpha_{MH}αMH​ of the mixture proposal, each PiP_iPi​ its own αMH(i)\alpha^{(i)}_{MH}αMH(i)​, and the same weights βi\beta_iβi​ form both mixtures.

Milestones

  1. The construction in the proof of Proposition 1 (p. 2) yields a set RRR and ratio rrr with the properties of Proposition 1 for μ=π⊗Q\mu = \pi \otimes Qμ=π⊗Q.
  2. αMH\alpha_{MH}αMH​ satisfies conditions (i) and (ii) of Theorem 2 (p. 3): αMH=0\alpha_{MH} = 0αMH​=0 μ\muμ-a.e. on RcR^cRc, and αMH(x,y)r(x,y)=αMH(y,x)\alpha_{MH}(x, y) r(x, y) = \alpha_{MH}(y, x)αMH​(x,y)r(x,y)=αMH​(y,x) μ\muμ-a.e. on RRR.
  3. The maximal kernel satisfies detailed balance, π(dx)P(x,dy)=π(dy)P(y,dx)\pi(dx) P(x, dy) = \pi(dy) P(y, dx)π(dx)P(x,dy)=π(dy)P(y,dx).
  4. For any symmetric σ\sigmaσ-finite ν\nuν dominating μ\muμ, with h=dμ/dνh = d\mu/d\nuh=dμ/dν:
π(dx)Q(x,dy) αMH(x,y)=min⁡{h(y,x),h(x,y)} ν(dx,dy).\pi(dx) Q(x, dy)\, \alpha_{MH}(x, y) = \min\{h(y, x), h(x, y)\}\, \nu(dx, dy).π(dx)Q(x,dy)αMH​(x,y)=min{h(y,x),h(x,y)}ν(dx,dy).
  1. As measures on E×EE \times EE×E:
π(dx)Q(x,dy) αMH(x,y)≥∑iβi π(dx)Qi(x,dy) αMH(i)(x,y).\pi(dx) Q(x, dy)\, \alpha_{MH}(x, y) \ge \sum_i \beta_i\, \pi(dx) Q_i(x, dy)\, \alpha^{(i)}_{MH}(x, y).π(dx)Q(x,dy)αMH​(x,y)≥i∑​βi​π(dx)Qi​(x,dy)αMH(i)​(x,y).

A companion item states the maximality of αMH\alpha_{MH}αMH​ (§3, p. 7): every measurable acceptance probability α\alphaα whose kernel is reversible satisfies α≤αMH\alpha \le \alpha_{MH}α≤αMH​ μ\muμ-a.e., so the maximal kernel dominates every reversible Metropolis–Hastings kernel with the same proposal.

Significance

The result. Proposition 5, combined with Theorem 4 of the paper (off-diagonal domination orders asymptotic variances of reversible kernels), shows that for every function fff with finite variance the asymptotic variance of 1n∑kf(Xk)\frac1n \sum_{k} f(X_k)n1​∑k​f(Xk​) under the mixture-proposal sampler is at most that under the mixture of samplers. Per-iteration cost can be higher for the mixture proposal, since αMH\alpha_{MH}αMH​ then needs the densities of all components; Proposition 5 isolates the statistical side of that trade-off. The maximality companion states the fact behind the name "maximal kernel": αMH\alpha_{MH}αMH​ is the largest acceptance probability that keeps a Metropolis–Hastings kernel reversible.

Formalizing it. The paper's proof is a computation of about six lines with Radon–Nikodym densities. A formal version must make explicit what the computation leaves implicit: that αMH\alpha_{MH}αMH​, defined from one dominating measure, has the same density form for every symmetric dominating measure; that the measure inequality on E×EE \times EE×E passes to the kernel-level statement with one null set for all AAA; and that the mixture proposal and the mixture of kernels are handled as countable sums of kernels. As of September 2026 neither Mathlib nor this platform has a machine-checked version of Proposition 5, of the maximality of αMH\alpha_{MH}αMH​, or of reversibility of the Metropolis–Hastings kernel on a general state space; only finite-state Metropolis chains have been formalized on the platform.

Difficulty

The obvious argument works pointwise with densities: write every kernel as a density against a common reference measure and compare min⁡{⋅,⋅}\min\{\cdot, \cdot\}min{⋅,⋅} of sums with sums of minima. On a general state space there is no common reference measure given in advance, and αMH\alpha_{MH}αMH​ is only defined up to μ\muμ-null sets, through a Radon–Nikodym derivative with respect to μ+μT\mu + \mu^Tμ+μT, a measure that differs for QQQ and for each QiQ_iQi​. The step that needs care is relating these different versions: the densities hih_ihi​ of the μi\mu_iμi​ against a common symmetric ν\nuν, the density of μ=∑iβiμi\mu = \sum_i \beta_i \mu_iμ=∑i​βi​μi​, and the transpose densities h(y,x)h(y, x)h(y,x), which are densities of μT\mu^TμT only because ν\nuν is symmetric.

The second difficulty is the passage from measures to kernels. The inequality between measures on E×EE \times EE×E gives, for each fixed AAA, the kernel inequality for π\piπ-almost every xxx, with a null set that depends on AAA. The order ⪰\succeq⪰ requires one null set for all AAA, and the diagonal must be removed, which needs the diagonal to be measurable.

Formalization scope

The formalization is in Lean 4 with Mathlib, in the namespace TierneyMH.Mixture. The state space is a type E with a σ-algebra; π is a probability measure; proposal kernels are Markov kernels Kernel E E. Acceptance probabilities and densities take values in [0,∞][0, \infty][0,∞] (ℝ≥0∞); a general α\alphaα is assumed measurable with α≤1\alpha \le 1α≤1. μ\muμ is π ⊗ₘ Q, μT\mu^TμT its image under Prod.swap, detailed balance is Kernel.IsReversible. Mixtures are indexed by a countable type ("a sequence", which includes finite families), with weights in ℝ≥0 and HasSum β 1.

Added hypotheses, both labelled in the statements: singletons are measurable (implicit in the paper's A∖{x}A \setminus \{x\}A∖{x} and δx\delta_xδx​), on the goal and the maximality companion; and, on the goal only, the σ-algebra of EEE is countably generated. The second is an addition to the paper: it is what makes the exceptional null set in ⪰\succeq⪰ uniform over AAA in the passage from the measure inequality to the kernels. It is not assumed in the measure-level milestones.

αMH\alpha_{MH}αMH​ is one fixed version, built from Mathlib's rnDeriv exactly as in the proof of Proposition 1 (with ν=μ+μT\nu = \mu + \mu^Tν=μ+μT, not an arbitrary dominating measure), and all statements are insensitive to the version. The ratio rrr is set to 1 on the null subset of RRR where hhh is infinite, so that 0<r<∞0 < r < \infty0<r<∞ and r(x,y)=1/r(y,x)r(x, y) = 1/r(y, x)r(x,y)=1/r(y,x) hold everywhere, as Proposition 1 asks.

Trivializations ruled out: αMH\alpha_{MH}αMH​ is the indicator of RRR times min⁡{1,r(y,x)}\min\{1, r(y, x)\}min{1,r(y,x)}, never an arbitrary acceptance function or a single α\alphaα shared by all components; ⪰\succeq⪰ compares A∖{x}A \setminus \{x\}A∖{x}, not AAA (on AAA the rejection masses differ and the comparison is false); and the conclusion is about the Metropolis–Hastings kernels themselves, not about the measure identity alone. All hypotheses are satisfiable, for instance on EEE = Bool with π\piπ uniform, two proposals Q1=πQ_1 = \piQ1​=π and Q2=δxQ_2 = \delta_xQ2​=δx​ and weights (1/2,1/2)(1/2, 1/2)(1/2,1/2).

Needed infrastructure, reusable for other Metropolis–Hastings results: Radon–Nikodym calculus for product measures and their transposes, countable sums of kernels, and a monotone-class argument over a countable generating family. The Metropolis–Hastings kernel, RRR, rrr and off-diagonal domination are defined identically in the companion missions I (detailed balance, Theorem 2) and II (Peskun ordering, Theorem 4) of this series. Proofs of milestones in any order, and proofs of the goal from the milestones, are welcome.

Selected references

  • L. Tierney, A Note on Metropolis–Hastings Kernels for General State Spaces, The Annals of Applied Probability 8(1), 1998, 1–9. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoap/1027961031
  • P. H. Peskun, Optimum Monte Carlo sampling using Markov chains, Biometrika 60(3), 1973, 607–612. https://doi.org/10.1093/biomet/60.3.607
  • J. Besag, P. Green, D. Higdon, K. Mengersen, Bayesian computation and stochastic systems (with discussion), Statistical Science 10(1), 1995, 3–66. https://doi.org/10.1214/ss/1177010123
  • W. K. Hastings, Monte Carlo sampling methods using Markov chains and their applications, Biometrika 57(1), 1970, 97–109. https://doi.org/10.1093/biomet/57.1.97
  • N. Metropolis, A. W. Rosenbluth, M. N. Rosenbluth, A. H. Teller, E. Teller, Equations of state calculations by fast computing machines, J. Chemical Physics 21, 1953, 1087–1091. https://doi.org/10.1063/1.1699114
16 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Number TheoryQuantum InformationTheoretical Computer Science·Captain: mikedeng1

Polynomial-Time Algorithms for Prime Factorization and Discrete Logarithms on a Quantum Computer 4: The Discrete Logarithm Circuit Gives a Good Output with Probability at Least 1/480Research Paper

Motivation

The discrete logarithm problem modulo a prime asks, given a prime ppp, a generator ggg of the multiplicative group modulo ppp, and a nonzero residue xxx, for the exponent rrr with gr≡x(modp)g^r\equiv x \pmod pgr≡x(modp). Its presumed classical hardness underlies Diffie–Hellman key exchange, ElGamal encryption and the Digital Signature Algorithm. The best classical algorithm known when Shor wrote, Gordon's adaptation of the number field sieve, runs in time exp⁡(O((log⁡p)1/3(log⁡log⁡p)2/3))\exp(O((\log p)^{1/3}(\log\log p)^{2/3}))exp(O((logp)1/3(loglogp)2/3)).

In §6 of Polynomial-Time Algorithms for Prime Factorization and Discrete Logarithms on a Quantum Computer (SIAM J. Comput. 26(5), 1997; doi:10.1137/S0097539795293172, arXiv:quant-ph/9508027), Shor gave a quantum algorithm that uses two modular exponentiations and two quantum Fourier transforms and outputs, with constant probability, a pair from which rrr can be computed. The quantitative core of that analysis is a single number: the circuit produces a "good" output with probability at least 1/4801/4801/480. This mission formalizes that bound and the three estimates it is assembled from.

Setting

Let ppp be a prime and ggg a generator of (Z/pZ)×(\mathbb Z/p\mathbb Z)^\times(Z/pZ)×, so that 1,g,…,gp−21,g,\dots,g^{p-2}1,g,…,gp−2 are all the nonzero residues. Fix the unknown rrr with 0≤r<p−10\le r<p-10≤r<p−1 and put x=grx=g^rx=gr. Let q=2lq=2^lq=2l be the power of 222 with p<q<2pp<q<2pp<q<2p.

The Fourier matrix AqA_qAq​ is the q×qq\times qq×q matrix with entries (Aq)a,c=q−1/2exp⁡(2πi ac/q)(A_q)_{a,c}=q^{-1/2}\exp(2\pi i\,ac/q)(Aq​)a,c​=q−1/2exp(2πiac/q) for 0≤a,c<q0\le a,c<q0≤a,c<q (§4, eq. (4.1)). Rows index input basis vectors and columns output basis vectors.

The algorithm uses three registers: two holding numbers 0≤a,b<q0\le a,b<q0≤a,b<q and one holding a nonzero residue modulo ppp. It starts from the state

1p−1∑a=0p−2∑b=0p−2∣a,b,gax−b (mod p)⟩(6.1)\frac{1}{p-1}\sum_{a=0}^{p-2}\sum_{b=0}^{p-2}|a,b,g^ax^{-b}\ (\mathrm{mod}\ p)\rangle \qquad (6.1)p−11​a=0∑p−2​b=0∑p−2​∣a,b,gax−b (mod p)⟩(6.1)

(preFourierState), applies AqA_qAq​ to each of the first two registers (finalState), and measures all three registers. The probability of observing ∣c,d,y⟩|c,d,y\rangle∣c,d,y⟩ is the squared modulus of its amplitude (outcomeProb).

For integers zzz and q>0q>0q>0, the symmetric residue {z}q\{z\}_q{z}q​ is the residue of zzz modulo qqq in (−q/2,q/2](-q/2,q/2](−q/2,q/2] (symmRes). Put

T=rc+d−rp−1{c(p−1)}q.T=rc+d-\frac{r}{p-1}\{c(p-1)\}_q .T=rc+d−p−1r​{c(p−1)}q​.

An observed state ∣c,d,y⟩|c,d,y\rangle∣c,d,y⟩ is good (IsGood) when

∣{T}q∣≤12(6.10)and∣{c(p−1)}q∣≤q/12(6.11).|\{T\}_q|\le\tfrac12 \quad (6.10) \qquad\text{and}\qquad |\{c(p-1)\}_q|\le q/12 \quad (6.11).∣{T}q​∣≤21​(6.10)and∣{c(p−1)}q​∣≤q/12(6.11).

Goodness depends only on (c,d)(c,d)(c,d).

Formalization targets

Goal: a good output with probability at least 1/4801/4801/480 (§6, p. 1504)

∑0≤c,d<q(c,d) good ∑y∈(Z/p)×Pr⁡[c,d,y] ≥ 1480.\sum_{\substack{0\le c,d<q\\ (c,d)\ \text{good}}}\ \sum_{y\in(\mathbb Z/p)^\times}\Pr[c,d,y]\ \ge\ \frac1{480}.0≤c,d<q(c,d) good​∑​ y∈(Z/p)×∑​Pr[c,d,y] ≥ 4801​.

The constant is the one the page carries forward. The goal fixes no threshold on ppp: it is stated for every prime ppp that admits a power of two strictly between ppp and 2p2p2p.

Milestones

  1. The output distribution, eq. (6.4). For 0≤k<p−10\le k<p-10≤k<p−1,
Pr⁡[c,d,gk]=∣1(p−1)q∑0≤a,b≤p−2a−rb≡k (p−1)exp⁡(2πiq(ac+bd))∣2.\Pr[c,d,g^k]=\left|\frac{1}{(p-1)q}\sum_{\substack{0\le a,b\le p-2\\ a-rb\equiv k\ (p-1)}}\exp\Bigl(\frac{2\pi i}{q}(ac+bd)\Bigr)\right|^2 .Pr[c,d,gk]=​(p−1)q1​0≤a,b≤p−2a−rb≡k (p−1)​∑​exp(q2πi​(ac+bd))​2.
  1. Each good state is likely, eq. (6.17). If (c,d)(c,d)(c,d) is good, then Pr⁡[c,d,y]≥1/(20q2)\Pr[c,d,y]\ge 1/(20q^2)Pr[c,d,y]≥1/(20q2) for every yyy.
  2. Many good pairs (p. 1504). At least q/12q/12q/12 pairs (c,d)(c,d)(c,d) are good.
  3. Each good ccc is likely (p. 1504). If (c,d)(c,d)(c,d) is good for some ddd, then ∑d′,yPr⁡[c,d′,y]≥(p−1)/(20q2)≥1/(40q)\sum_{d',y}\Pr[c,d',y]\ge(p-1)/(20q^2)\ge1/(40q)∑d′,y​Pr[c,d′,y]≥(p−1)/(20q2)≥1/(40q).

Significance

The result. The bound 1/4801/4801/480 is what turns the circuit into an algorithm. Repeating the circuit O(1)O(1)O(1) times in expectation yields a good output, and from a good pair (c,d)(c,d)(c,d) one reads off an equation that determines rrr modulo divisors of p−1p-1p−1 (§6, eqs. (6.18)–(6.20)). Together with the quantum Fourier transform circuit and reversible modular exponentiation, this places the discrete logarithm modulo a prime in quantum polynomial time. Every later analysis of quantum attacks on discrete-logarithm cryptography starts from this success probability or a sharpened version of it.

Formalizing it. The result has been proved since 1994–1997 and is textbook material; it is not open. As far as is known, no machine-checked proof of Shor's discrete-logarithm analysis exists. The paper's proof of eq. (6.17) replaces a sum by an integral with an error term O(W/(pq))O(W/(pq))O(W/(pq)) whose constant is not given, yet states 1/(20q2)1/(20q^2)1/(20q2) for every prime. A formal proof must therefore either control that error explicitly or find another argument, and so settles a point the paper leaves informal. Numerically, the smallest value of q2Pr⁡[c,d,y]q^2\Pr[c,d,y]q2Pr[c,d,y] over good states is about 0.490.490.49 for all primes p<90p<90p<90, so the unconditional claim is not in doubt for small ppp. The page also contains two small slips, recorded under Formalization scope; a complete development pins down exactly what is true.

Difficulty

The exponential sum (6.4) runs over pairs (a,b)(a,b)(a,b) satisfying a congruence modulo p−1p-1p−1, while the phases are taken modulo qqq. The two moduli are unrelated: qqq is a power of two and p−1p-1p−1 is arbitrary. Eliminating aaa through the congruence introduces a floor function ⌊(br+k)/(p−1)⌋\lfloor(br+k)/(p-1)\rfloor⌊(br+k)/(p−1)⌋, and the resulting phase is not linear in bbb. The obvious estimate treats the sum as a geometric series in bbb and bounds it by its first-order phase; this fails because the floor term perturbs every phase by an amount of size up to ∣{c(p−1)}q∣|\{c(p-1)\}_q|∣{c(p−1)}q​∣. Condition (6.11) only keeps this perturbation within π/6\pi/6π/6 of the main phase; it does not remove it. The per-state bound must survive this perturbation uniformly in ppp, rrr and kkk, including small primes where the paper's integral approximation gives no explicit control.

The count of good pairs needs a separate argument about how often a multiple c(p−1)c(p-1)c(p−1) lies within q/12q/12q/12 of a multiple of qqq when gcd⁡(p−1,q)\gcd(p-1,q)gcd(p−1,q) is large.

Formalization scope

  • States are functions Fin q × Fin q × (ZMod p)ˣ → ℂ. The first two registers range over {0,…,q−1}\{0,\dots,q-1\}{0,…,q−1}; the third over the units modulo ppp.
  • Matrix convention. Following §2, rows are inputs, so the amplitude of ∣c,d,y⟩|c,d,y\rangle∣c,d,y⟩ after the transforms is ∑a,bψ(a,b,y)(Aq)a,c(Aq)b,d\sum_{a,b}\psi(a,b,y)(A_q)_{a,c}(A_q)_{b,d}∑a,b​ψ(a,b,y)(Aq​)a,c​(Aq​)b,d​. finalState is defined this way from (6.1) and AqA_qAq​. It is not typed in as the closed form (6.3) or (6.4). A formalization that defined the final state by (6.4) directly would make milestone 1 trivial, and is ruled out.
  • Probability of a basis state is the squared norm of its amplitude, with no normalization hypothesis.
  • Parameters. ppp is prime (Fact p.Prime). The generator is encoded as orderOf g = p - 1. r<p−1r<p-1r<p−1 is a parameter, with x=grx=g^rx=gr. qqq is given by q = 2 ^ l together with p<q<2pp<q<2pp<q<2p. No large-ppp threshold is added anywhere.
  • Arithmetic. x−bx^{-b}x−b is x⁻¹ ^ b in the unit group. p−1p-1p−1 is computed in Z\mathbb ZZ and R\mathbb RR inside TTT and the congruences, and as natural-number subtraction only where p≥2p\ge2p≥2 makes it exact. TTT is real.
  • Condition (6.10) is stated as "some integer jjj has ∣T−jq∣≤12|T-jq|\le\frac12∣T−jq∣≤21​". Because q≥4q\ge4q≥4, this is equivalent to the page's form with jjj the closest integer to T/qT/qT/q.
  • Not formalized. The preparation of (6.1) by testing and restarting is not formalized; the state (6.1) is taken as displayed. The printed test "whether the number is less than ppp" should read p−1p-1p−1, as the sums in (6.1) show. Also out of scope: the recovery of rrr (eqs. (6.18)–(6.20)), the repetition count "480t480t480t", and all running-time claims.
  • Printed slips.
    • The page asserts that for each ccc there is exactly one ddd satisfying (6.10). At a tie {T}q=±12\{T\}_q=\pm\frac12{T}q​=±21​ there can be two such ddd. Milestone 3 states only the count, which needs at least one.
    • The page's intermediate bound "at least p/(240q)p/(240q)p/(240q)" should be (p−1)/(240q)(p-1)/(240q)(p−1)/(240q). The conclusion 1/4801/4801/480 is unaffected, since qqq and 2p2p2p are both even and so q≤2(p−1)q\le 2(p-1)q≤2(p−1). Only 1/4801/4801/480 is stated.

Needed infrastructure: finite exponential sums and their modulus, the symmetric residue and its basic properties, and counting multiples in residue classes of Z/q\mathbb Z/qZ/q. The exponential-sum estimates of milestones 1 and 2 are reusable in the order-finding analysis of §5 of the same paper. Proofs of any milestone, of the normalization ∑Pr⁡=1\sum\Pr=1∑Pr=1, and of auxiliary lemmas about symmRes are welcome.

Selected references

  • P. W. Shor, Polynomial-Time Algorithms for Prime Factorization and Discrete Logarithms on a Quantum Computer, SIAM J. Comput. 26(5):1484–1509, 1997. https://doi.org/10.1137/S0097539795293172 (preprint: https://arxiv.org/abs/quant-ph/9508027)
  • D. M. Gordon, Discrete logarithms in GF(p) using the number field sieve, SIAM J. Discrete Math. 6(1):124–138, 1993. https://doi.org/10.1137/0406010
  • W. Diffie and M. E. Hellman, New directions in cryptography, IEEE Trans. Inform. Theory 22(6):644–654, 1976. https://doi.org/10.1109/TIT.1976.1055638
  • M. A. Nielsen and I. L. Chuang, Quantum Computation and Quantum Information, Cambridge University Press, 2000. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511976667
11 thms2 active usersReviewed
Algorithmic Game TheoryOperations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Information Sharing in a Supply Chain with a Common Retailer 2: Under Production Economy the Retailer Earns Weakly More from Sequential Information Contracting and the Manufacturers from ConcurrentResearch Paper

Motivation

Large retailers hold point-of-sale and loyalty-card data that their suppliers cannot observe, and many of them sell access to it through data-sharing programs; others share the same data for free, or with only some suppliers (Shang, Ha & Tong 2016, §1). When two competing manufacturers sell through one common retailer, sharing a demand signal with a manufacturer changes how he sets his wholesale price, which in turn changes the retailer's margins and the rival's demand. Whether the retailer wants to share, with how many manufacturers, and at what price, is therefore a question about a multistage game with incomplete information.

Shang, Ha and Tong answer it for linear demand, a linear-expectation signal and quadratic production costs, under two contracting protocols. This mission covers the production economy case (marginal cost decreasing in volume, §6 of the paper), in which the retailer may have an incentive to share information even without payment. A companion mission covers production diseconomy (§5).

Setting

Two manufacturers i∈{0,1}i \in \{0,1\}i∈{0,1} sell substitutable products through a common retailer. Demand for product iii is

qi=a+θ−(1+ϕ)pi+ϕpj,q_i = a + \theta - (1+\phi)p_i + \phi p_j ,qi​=a+θ−(1+ϕ)pi​+ϕpj​,

where pip_ipi​ is the retail price, ϕ>0\phi > 0ϕ>0 measures competition intensity and θ\thetaθ is a demand shock with mean 000 and variance σ2>0\sigma^2 > 0σ2>0. The retailer observes a demand signal YYY with E[Y∣θ]=θE[Y \mid \theta] = \thetaE[Y∣θ]=θ and a linear-expectation structure E[θ∣Y]=βYE[\theta \mid Y] = \beta YE[θ∣Y]=βY, where β=β(t,σ)\beta = \beta(t,\sigma)β=β(t,σ) is the signal weight. Producing qqq units costs bq−ceq2bq - c_e q^2bq−ce​q2 with ce>0c_e > 0ce​>0; the paper writes c=−cec = -c_ec=−ce​ and assumes ce<2/(1+ϕ)c_e < 2/(1+\phi)ce​<2/(1+ϕ) (the Assumption, p. 251). Retailing is costless.

The game has three stages.

  1. Information contracting. Under concurrent contracting the retailer offers both manufacturers the same payment T≥0T \ge 0T≥0 for the signal; they decide simultaneously and play a Pareto-optimal pure equilibrium. Under sequential contracting she offers a payment TfT_fTf​ to a first manufacturer kkk and, after his decision, a payment TsT_sTs​ to the other; the outcome is a subgame-perfect equilibrium (SPE). The retailer commits not to share for free after a rejection (§6.2).
  2. Pricing. Given the information statuses Xi∈{I,U}X_i \in \{I, U\}Xi​∈{I,U}, each manufacturer sets a wholesale price wiw_iwi​ (a function of YYY if informed, a constant otherwise), then the retailer sets retail prices; the solution concept is Bayesian Nash equilibrium.
  3. Demand realizes and profits are collected.

The ex ante profits of the pricing equilibrium are denoted πM(0)\pi_M(0)πM​(0), πMU(1)\pi_M^U(1)πMU​(1), πMI(1)\pi_M^I(1)πMI​(1), πM(2)\pi_M(2)πM​(2) for a manufacturer and πR(n)\pi_R(n)πR​(n) for the retailer, nnn the number of informed manufacturers. neNn_e^NneN​, neCn_e^CneC​, neSn_e^SneS​ denote the equilibrium number of informed manufacturers without contracting, under concurrent and under sequential contracting.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 8(d)

For every ϕ>0\phi > 0ϕ>0 and 0<ce<2/(1+ϕ)0 < c_e < 2/(1+\phi)0<ce​<2/(1+ϕ), pricing equilibria exist, concurrent outcomes and sequential SPEs exist, and for every concurrent outcome and every SPE (either first mover)

ΠRC≤ΠRS,ΠMS≤ΠMC,\Pi_R^C \le \Pi_R^S, \qquad \Pi_M^S \le \Pi_M^C ,ΠRC​≤ΠRS​,ΠMS​≤ΠMC​,

where ΠR\Pi_RΠR​ is the retailer's profit after side payments and ΠM\Pi_MΠM​ the manufacturers' total profit net of them. The second inequality is asserted for all cec_ece​ except at most two values depending only on ϕ\phiϕ. The comparisons about every pricing equilibrium family exclude the single value ce∗=(2+3ϕ)/[(1+2ϕ)(1+ϕ)]c_e^* = (2+3\phi)/[(1+2\phi)(1+\phi)]ce∗​=(2+3ϕ)/[(1+2ϕ)(1+ϕ)] (see Formalization scope). The paper says "higher"; the inequalities are weak because both sides coincide on intervals of positive length.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 1: the pricing equilibrium exists and, for ce≠ce∗c_e \ne c_e^*ce​=ce∗​, is unique and linear in YYY with explicit coefficients.
  2. §4.2: the ex ante profits πM(⋅)\pi_M(\cdot)πM​(⋅) and πR(⋅)\pi_R(\cdot)πR​(⋅) in closed form.
  3. Lemma 5(a)–(c) and Lemma 5(d): sign comparisons of these profits in cec_ece​, with thresholds 1/(1+ϕ)1/(1+\phi)1/(1+ϕ), (4+5ϕ)/[(2+3ϕ)(1+ϕ)](4+5\phi)/[(2+3\phi)(1+\phi)](4+5ϕ)/[(2+3ϕ)(1+ϕ)], ceac_e^acea​ and ceNc_e^NceN​.
  4. Proposition 7: thresholds ceCc_e^CceC​, ceSc_e^SceS​ such that
neZ=0 for ce<11+ϕ,neZ=2 for 11+ϕ≤ce<ceZ,neZ=1 for ceZ≤ce<21+ϕ.n_e^Z = 0 \text{ for } c_e < \tfrac{1}{1+\phi}, \quad n_e^Z = 2 \text{ for } \tfrac{1}{1+\phi} \le c_e < c_e^Z, \quad n_e^Z = 1 \text{ for } c_e^Z \le c_e < \tfrac{2}{1+\phi}.neZ​=0 for ce​<1+ϕ1​,neZ​=2 for 1+ϕ1​≤ce​<ceZ​,neZ​=1 for ceZ​≤ce​<1+ϕ2​.
  1. Proposition 6(b): the same structure for neNn_e^NneN​ with a threshold ceNc_e^NceN​.
  2. Proposition 8(a): ceN<ceS≤ceCc_e^N < c_e^S \le c_e^CceN​<ceS​≤ceC​.

Significance

Proposition 8(d) says that a common retailer who sells information prefers to sell it sequentially, and that the manufacturers bear the cost: sequential offers let her extract a larger payment from the first manufacturer, because his outside option depends on what she will do with the second. Together with Propositions 6 and 7 it explains why retailers under production economy share with only a subset of suppliers once economies of scale or competition are strong, and why a retailer may share data for free, a practice the diseconomy model cannot produce.

The results are proved in the paper, partly by "it is straightforward" arguments (the proofs of Lemmas 2–5 are omitted). No part of the paper is formalized. A formalization adds a machine-checked account of the equilibrium selection at the boundary payments, where the paper's case analysis is informal, and of the points at which the retailer is indifferent between outcomes.

Difficulty

The pricing stage is a Bayesian game with a continuum of strategies: an informed manufacturer's strategy is an arbitrary square-integrable function of the signal. Lemma 1's uniqueness needs the Assumption (without it the manufacturer's problem is not concave) and a conditional-expectation argument, not a finite-dimensional computation. The comparisons of Lemma 5 are sign conditions on rational functions of (ce,ϕ)(c_e, \phi)(ce​,ϕ) whose thresholds ceac_e^acea​, ceNc_e^NceN​ are implicit roots. The contracting stage is where the naive argument fails: at the boundary payments several equilibria give the retailer the same payoff but the manufacturers different payoffs, so "the" outcome is not well defined there, and a direct comparison of closed-form profits at the paper's selected equilibria does not cover every equilibrium.

Formalization scope

Lean represents manufacturers by Fin 2, statuses by an inductive type with informed and uninformed, and a pricing strategy by a function of the signal value. The committed conventions are these.

  1. Admissible strategies are measurable with square-integrable wi(Y)w_i(Y)wi​(Y), and constant for an uninformed manufacturer; ex ante optimality over them is the Bayesian equilibrium condition.
  2. The retailer's rule is a best response for every wholesale price pair and signal value, off path included.
  3. The production cost is the uncapped quadratic bq−ceq2bq - c_e q^2bq−ce​q2. The paper caps the quantity at qˉ=b/(2ce)\bar q = b/(2c_e)qˉ​=b/(2ce​) but assumes the cap is reached with negligible probability (footnote 11, p. 251) and computes every result of §4.2 and §6 without it. The condition b<ab < ab<a of that footnote is not imposed.
  4. Contracting uses pure strategies, nonnegative payments, and no free-sharing move after a rejection.
  5. A concurrent outcome is a payment and a pure equilibrium whose retailer payoff equals the supremum of her payoffs over Pareto-optimal equilibria. The supremum is not always attained: for large cec_ece​ the paper's optimal payment πMI(1)−πM(0)\pi_M^I(1) - \pi_M(0)πMI​(1)−πM​(0) makes (U,U)(U,U)(U,U) an equilibrium that Pareto-dominates the one-informed outcome it selects.
  6. Threshold statements take the two-clause form: the stated value of nnn is attained on each region with its printed endpoints, and is the only value on the region's interior. Thresholds depend only on ϕ\phiϕ and are quantified before all other parameters.
  7. The manufacturers' comparison in the goal excludes at most two values of cec_ece​. At the thresholds ceCc_e^CceC​, ceSc_e^SceS​ outcomes with different manufacturer totals coexist, and the universal comparison fails.
  8. A correction of the paper. At ce∗=(2+3ϕ)/[(1+2ϕ)(1+ϕ)]c_e^* = (2+3\phi)/[(1+2\phi)(1+\phi)]ce∗​=(2+3ϕ)/[(1+2ϕ)(1+ϕ)], which lies in (1/(1+ϕ),2/(1+ϕ))(1/(1+\phi), 2/(1+\phi))(1/(1+ϕ),2/(1+ϕ)), the slope of the best-response wholesale price (2) is exactly −1-1−1. The equations wi=w^i(wj)w_i = \hat w_i(w_j)wi​=w^i​(wj​) are then singular, and every status profile has a continuum of pricing equilibria (for n=0n = 0n=0, w1,2=wˉ±tw_{1,2} = \bar w \pm tw1,2​=wˉ±t for every ttt) whose ex ante profits differ. Lemma 1's uniqueness claim fails there, so do the §4.2 identities for every equilibrium family, and so does every statement built on them. Each statement that quantifies over all pricing equilibria therefore assumes ce≠ce∗c_e \ne c_e^*ce​=ce∗​; existence is still asserted at ce∗c_e^*ce∗​.

The ex ante profits in every statement are those of an equilibrium of the pricing game on the signal model, not the §4.2 closed forms; a formalization that defined them by the closed forms would reduce the goal to algebra and a 2×22 \times 22×2 game, and is ruled out. The model layer (signal model, pricing equilibrium, payoff table, both contracting games) is shared, name for name, with the production diseconomy mission. Contributions are welcome on each milestone, and on reusable pieces: linear-expectation signals, and pointwise optimization under conditional expectation.

Selected references

  • Shang W., Ha A. Y., Tong S., Information Sharing in a Supply Chain with a Common Retailer, Management Science 62(1):245–263, 2016. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.2014.2127
  • Ericson W. A., A note on the posterior mean of a population mean, Journal of the Royal Statistical Society B 31(2):332–334, 1969 (cited for the formula of β(t,σ)\beta(t,\sigma)β(t,σ), which this mission does not use).
  • Vives X., Oligopoly Pricing: Old Ideas and New Tools, MIT Press, 1999, §2.7.2.
  • Li L., Information sharing in a supply chain with horizontal competition, Management Science 48(9):1196–1212, 2002. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.48.9.1196.177
17 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Machine LearningStatistics·Captain: mikedeng1

Robustness and Generalization III: Quantile-Value and Truncated-Mean Generalization Bounds for Pseudo-Robust AlgorithmsResearch Paper

Motivation

Classical generalization bounds control the gap between the expected loss of a learned hypothesis and its average loss on the training sample. The average is sensitive to outliers: when a non-negligible fraction of the sample is corrupted, the mean loss stops describing the quality of a solution, and quantile-type summaries such as the median become the natural measurement. Quantile losses have long been used for this reason in statistics and econometrics (Koenker and Bassett 1978; Huber 1981). The standard tools for proving generalization bounds — symmetrization, Rademacher and VC arguments — are built around the expected loss and do not extend to quantiles in any direct way.

Xu and Mannor (Mach Learn 86 (2012) 391–423) introduced algorithmic robustness: an algorithm is robust if the sample space can be partitioned into finitely many cells such that a test point falling in the same cell as a training point incurs a similar loss. Because the argument works cell by cell and needs no symmetrization, it transfers to loss functionals other than the mean. Sect. 4.1 of the paper uses this to bound the quantile value and the truncated mean of the testing error, and Sect. 5 relaxes robustness to pseudo robustness, which only asks the cell condition for a subset of the training samples. This mission formalizes the resulting Theorem 5 (p. 402), whose proof is Appendix C (pp. 415–418).

Setting

Let Z\mathcal ZZ be a measurable sample space, H\mathcal HH a set of hypotheses and l:H×Z→[0,M]l : \mathcal H \times \mathcal Z \to [0, M]l:H×Z→[0,M] a loss, with each l(h,⋅)l(h, \cdot)l(h,⋅) measurable. A training set s=(s1,…,sn)\mathbf s = (s_1, \dots, s_n)s=(s1​,…,sn​) consists of nnn i.i.d. draws from a probability measure μ\muμ on Z\mathcal ZZ; its empirical distribution is μemp=1n∑iδsi\mu_{\mathrm{emp}} = \frac1n \sum_i \delta_{s_i}μemp​=n1​∑i​δsi​​. A learning algorithm is a map A:Zn→H\mathcal A : \mathcal Z^n \to \mathcal HA:Zn→H, and As\mathcal A_{\mathbf s}As​ is the hypothesis learned from s\mathbf ss.

For a real random variable XXX and a level β\betaβ, the β\betaβ-quantile value is

Qβ(X)=inf⁡{c∈R:Pr⁡(X≤c)≥β},\mathbb Q^\beta(X) = \inf\{ c \in \mathbb R : \Pr(X \le c) \ge \beta \},Qβ(X)=inf{c∈R:Pr(X≤c)≥β},

and, writing Q=Qβ(X)Q = \mathbb Q^\beta(X)Q=Qβ(X), the β\betaβ-truncated mean is

Tβ(X)=E[X⋅1(X<Q)]+(β−Pr⁡[X<Q]) Q,\mathbb T^\beta(X) = \mathbb E[X \cdot \mathbf 1(X < Q)] + \big(\beta - \Pr[X < Q]\big)\, Q,Tβ(X)=E[X⋅1(X<Q)]+(β−Pr[X<Q])Q,

where the second term vanishes when Pr⁡[X=Q]=0\Pr[X = Q] = 0Pr[X=Q]=0. It is the contribution to EX\mathbb E XEX of the leftmost β\betaβ fraction of the distribution. For a hypothesis hhh and a measure ν\nuν on Z\mathcal ZZ put Q(h,β,ν)=Qβ(l(h,z))\mathcal Q(h, \beta, \nu) = \mathbb Q^\beta(l(h, z))Q(h,β,ν)=Qβ(l(h,z)) and T(h,β,ν)=Tβ(l(h,z))\mathcal T(h, \beta, \nu) = \mathbb T^\beta(l(h, z))T(h,β,ν)=Tβ(l(h,z)) with z∼νz \sim \nuz∼ν.

The algorithm is (K,ϵ(⋅),n^(⋅))(K, \epsilon(\cdot), \hat n(\cdot))(K,ϵ(⋅),n^(⋅)) pseudo robust, with ϵ:Zn→R\epsilon : \mathcal Z^n \to \mathbb Rϵ:Zn→R and n^:Zn→{1,…,n}\hat n : \mathcal Z^n \to \{1, \dots, n\}n^:Zn→{1,…,n}, if Z\mathcal ZZ can be partitioned into KKK disjoint sets C1,…,CKC_1, \dots, C_KC1​,…,CK​, fixed in advance, such that every training set s\mathbf ss has a subset s^\hat{\mathbf s}s^ of n^(s)\hat n(\mathbf s)n^(s) samples with: whenever s∈s^s \in \hat{\mathbf s}s∈s^ and z∈Zz \in \mathcal Zz∈Z lie in a common cell, ∣l(As,s)−l(As,z)∣≤ϵ(s)|l(\mathcal A_{\mathbf s}, s) - l(\mathcal A_{\mathbf s}, z)| \le \epsilon(\mathbf s)∣l(As​,s)−l(As​,z)∣≤ϵ(s). With n^≡n\hat n \equiv nn^≡n this is (K,ϵ(⋅))(K, \epsilon(\cdot))(K,ϵ(⋅))-robustness.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 5 (p. 402)

Let λ0=(2Kln⁡2+2ln⁡(1/δ))/n\lambda_0 = \sqrt{(2K \ln 2 + 2 \ln(1/\delta))/n}λ0​=(2Kln2+2ln(1/δ))/n​ and r(s)=(n−n^(s))/nr(\mathbf s) = (n - \hat n(\mathbf s))/nr(s)=(n−n^(s))/n. If A\mathcal AA is (K,ϵ(⋅),n^(⋅))(K, \epsilon(\cdot), \hat n(\cdot))(K,ϵ(⋅),n^(⋅)) pseudo robust, β∈(0,1)\beta \in (0,1)β∈(0,1) and δ>0\delta > 0δ>0, then with probability at least 1−δ1 - \delta1−δ: whenever 0≤β−λ0−r(s)0 \le \beta - \lambda_0 - r(\mathbf s)0≤β−λ0​−r(s) and β+λ0+r(s)≤1\beta + \lambda_0 + r(\mathbf s) \le 1β+λ0​+r(s)≤1,

Q(As,β−λ0−r(s),μemp)−ϵ(s)≤Q(As,β,μ)≤Q(As,β+λ0+r(s),μemp)+ϵ(s),\mathcal Q(\mathcal A_{\mathbf s}, \beta - \lambda_0 - r(\mathbf s), \mu_{\mathrm{emp}}) - \epsilon(\mathbf s) \le \mathcal Q(\mathcal A_{\mathbf s}, \beta, \mu) \le \mathcal Q(\mathcal A_{\mathbf s}, \beta + \lambda_0 + r(\mathbf s), \mu_{\mathrm{emp}}) + \epsilon(\mathbf s),Q(As​,β−λ0​−r(s),μemp​)−ϵ(s)≤Q(As​,β,μ)≤Q(As​,β+λ0​+r(s),μemp​)+ϵ(s), T(As,β−λ0−r(s),μemp)−ϵ(s)≤T(As,β,μ)≤T(As,β+λ0+r(s),μemp)+ϵ(s).\mathcal T(\mathcal A_{\mathbf s}, \beta - \lambda_0 - r(\mathbf s), \mu_{\mathrm{emp}}) - \epsilon(\mathbf s) \le \mathcal T(\mathcal A_{\mathbf s}, \beta, \mu) \le \mathcal T(\mathcal A_{\mathbf s}, \beta + \lambda_0 + r(\mathbf s), \mu_{\mathrm{emp}}) + \epsilon(\mathbf s).T(As​,β−λ0​−r(s),μemp​)−ϵ(s)≤T(As​,β,μ)≤T(As​,β+λ0​+r(s),μemp​)+ϵ(s).

The constants are the paper's, and KKK, ϵ\epsilonϵ, n^\hat nn^, MMM, μ\muμ, δ\deltaδ and the algorithm are arbitrary.

Milestones (Appendix C)

  1. Property 1 (p. 415): for a nonnegative XXX and levels 0≤β2≤β1≤10 \le \beta_2 \le \beta_1 \le 10≤β2​≤β1​≤1 (with β1=1\beta_1 = 1β1​=1 only for XXX bounded above), Qβ1(X)≥Qβ2(X)\mathbb Q^{\beta_1}(X) \ge \mathbb Q^{\beta_2}(X)Qβ1​(X)≥Qβ2​(X) and Tβ1(X)≥Tβ2(X)\mathbb T^{\beta_1}(X) \ge \mathbb T^{\beta_2}(X)Tβ1​(X)≥Tβ2​(X).
  2. Property 2 (p. 415): if Pr⁡(Y≥a)≥Pr⁡(X≥a)\Pr(Y \ge a) \ge \Pr(X \ge a)Pr(Y≥a)≥Pr(X≥a) for all aaa, then Qβ(Y)≥Qβ(X)\mathbb Q^\beta(Y) \ge \mathbb Q^\beta(X)Qβ(Y)≥Qβ(X) and Tβ(Y)≥Tβ(X)\mathbb T^\beta(Y) \ge \mathbb T^\beta(X)Tβ(Y)≥Tβ(X) for β∈[0,1]\beta \in [0,1]β∈[0,1].
  3. The event E\mathcal EE (pp. 415–416): with NiN_iNi​ the indices of samples in CiC_iCi​, ∑i∣∣Ni∣/n−μ(Ci)∣≤λ0\sum_i \big| |N_i|/n - \mu(C_i) \big| \le \lambda_0∑i​​∣Ni​∣/n−μ(Ci​)​≤λ0​ with probability at least 1−δ1 - \delta1−δ.

Significance

The result. Theorem 5 shows that any pseudo-robust algorithm has a testing-error quantile and truncated mean that are bracketed by the empirical ones at levels shifted by λ0+(n−n^(s))/n\lambda_0 + (n - \hat n(\mathbf s))/nλ0​+(n−n^(s))/n, up to the robustness tolerance ϵ(s)\epsilon(\mathbf s)ϵ(s). The quantile of the testing error can therefore be estimated from training data for every algorithm to which the robustness framework applies — among them majority voting, SVMs, Lasso and principal component analysis (Sect. 6 of the paper) — without a separate complexity analysis of the loss class. The pseudo-robust form covers algorithms that are robust only away from a small set of training samples, which is the typical situation in the presence of outliers. The robust case n^≡n\hat n \equiv nn^≡n is the paper's Theorem 2 (p. 400).

Formalizing it. The paper states Theorem 5 and proves it in Appendix C; no machine-checked proof exists. The appendix contains misprints (see Formalization scope) and the argument uses minimizers of the loss over each cell, which need not exist; a formal proof settles which steps are sound as written. The definitions of quantile value and truncated mean of a law on R\mathbb RR developed here are reusable beyond this mission.

Difficulty

The concentration step is the same as for the expected loss: on the event E\mathcal EE the empirical cell frequencies are close to the cell probabilities. The difficulty is converting this into a statement about quantiles. Quantile values are not linear in the distribution and are discontinuous in the level, so the triangle-inequality argument that bounds the mean-loss gap does not apply. Mass that moves between cells shifts every level of the quantile function, and the up to n−n^(s)n - \hat n(\mathbf s)n−n^(s) samples outside s^\hat{\mathbf s}s^ carry no guarantee at all, so an arbitrary fraction r(s)r(\mathbf s)r(s) of the empirical law is uncontrolled. For the truncated mean this must be done for the whole lower tail up to level β\betaβ, not just at one point, and the atoms of the loss distribution (the second branch of the definition) have to be accounted for exactly.

Formalization scope

  • The Lean namespace is XuMannorRobust.Quantile. Z\mathcal ZZ is a type with a measurable space structure, H\mathcal HH an arbitrary type, a training set a function Fin n → Z, and the i.i.d. law the product measure Measure.pi (fun _ => μ).
  • "With probability at least 1−δ1 - \delta1−δ" is encoded as: the outer measure of the set of training sets on which the claim fails is at most δ\deltaδ. No measurability of s↦As\mathbf s \mapsto \mathcal A_{\mathbf s}s↦As​ is needed.
  • Added measurability. The paper ignores measurability; the formalization requires each l(h,⋅)l(h,\cdot)l(h,⋅) and each cell CiC_iCi​ to be measurable.
  • Corrected Definition 3. The paper prints the second branch of the truncated mean as (β−Pr⁡[X<Q])/Pr⁡[X=Q]⋅Q\big(\beta - \Pr[X < Q]\big)/\Pr[X = Q] \cdot Q(β−Pr[X<Q])/Pr[X=Q]⋅Q. That contradicts its own worked example on p. 399, where the 0.630.630.63-truncated mean of a uniform law on c1<⋯<c10c_1 < \dots < c_{10}c1​<⋯<c10​ is 0.1(∑i≤6ci+0.3c7)0.1(\sum_{i \le 6} c_i + 0.3 c_7)0.1(∑i≤6​ci​+0.3c7​), and its verbal description. The formalization drops the division, as the example requires; with the printed formula Tβ\mathbb T^\betaTβ would not even be monotone in β\betaβ.
  • Qβ\mathbb Q^\betaQβ and Tβ\mathbb T^\betaTβ are defined on the law of the random variable, a measure on R\mathbb RR. Lean returns 000 for the infimum of an empty set or of a set unbounded below, so Q0=0\mathbb Q^0 = 0Q0=0 (the paper's value is −∞-\infty−∞). This never helps: Q(As,β,μ)≥0\mathcal Q(\mathcal A_{\mathbf s}, \beta, \mu) \ge 0Q(As​,β,μ)≥0 and ϵ(s)≥0\epsilon(\mathbf s) \ge 0ϵ(s)≥0, so the goal's inequalities remain meaningful at level 000. The goal keeps every level in [0,1][0,1][0,1] through the paper's side condition, which depends on n^(s)\hat n(\mathbf s)n^(s) and is therefore placed inside the probability event as a premise. The codomain {1,…,n}\{1, \dots, n\}{1,…,n} of n^\hat nn^ is part of the definition: with n^(s)=0\hat n(\mathbf s) = 0n^(s)=0 nothing would constrain ϵ(s)\epsilon(\mathbf s)ϵ(s).
  • The partition is fixed before the training set; the good subset s^\hat{\mathbf s}s^ may depend on s\mathbf ss and is a set of indices. Choosing the partition after s\mathbf ss would make pseudo robustness trivial and is ruled out.
  • Properties 1 and 2 are stated for nonnegative laws and levels in [0,1][0,1][0,1]. The level 111 is admitted only for a variable bounded above (for property 2, the dominating one). For an unbounded variable, Q1\mathbb Q^1Q1 is +∞+\infty+∞ in the paper, where the inequality is trivial, and a junk 000 in Lean. Property 3 of Appendix C (p. 415) is misprinted (with the constraint ∑αi≤β\sum \alpha_i \le \beta∑αi​≤β the minimum is 000) and is not formalized.
  • Needed infrastructure: the Bretagnolle–Huber–Carol inequality for multinomial frequencies (van der Vaart and Wellner 1996, Prop. A.6.6) (or a direct concentration argument), and elementary order properties of lower quantile values and truncated means of laws on R\mathbb RR. Contributions of these as separate lemmas are welcome.

Selected references

  • H. Xu and S. Mannor, Robustness and Generalization, Machine Learning 86(3):391–423, 2012. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10994-011-5268-1
  • R. Koenker and G. Bassett, Regression Quantiles, Econometrica 46(1):33–50, 1978. https://doi.org/10.2307/1913643
  • P. J. Huber, Robust Statistics, Wiley, 1981. https://doi.org/10.1002/0471725250
  • A. W. van der Vaart and J. A. Wellner, Weak Convergence and Empirical Processes, Springer, 1996 (Proposition A.6.6). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4757-2545-2
7 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Machine LearningStatistics·Captain: mikedeng1

Robustness and Generalization II: A Learning Method Generalizes w.r.t. a Training Sequence If and Only If It Is Weakly Robust w.r.t. ItResearch Paper

Motivation

Most generalization guarantees in statistical learning theory bound the gap between training error and expected error through a complexity measure of the hypothesis class: VC dimension, Rademacher complexity, covering numbers. Such bounds are sufficient conditions, and they say little about why a particular algorithm, run on a particular data stream, does or does not generalize. Xu and Mannor (Mach Learn 86 (2012) 391–423) proposed algorithmic robustness as an alternative: an algorithm is robust if a test sample "close to" a training sample incurs a loss close to that training sample's loss. Their first results show that robustness implies generalization (Theorem 1 of the paper, the subject of the first mission in this series).

Section 8 of the paper asks the converse question: is some form of robustness also necessary? The answer is Theorem 8. For a learning method trained on a fixed, growing sequence of samples, generalization is equivalent to a weaker property, weak robustness. The authors present this as evidence that robustness is "an essential property of successful learning", and contrast it with the characterization of learnability by stability (Remark 5 of the paper, citing Shalev-Shwartz et al. 2009; journal version JMLR 11 (2010)): learnability is uniform over all distributions, whereas the generalization studied here is for one distribution and one training sequence.

Setting

Let Z\mathcal ZZ be a measurable space of samples, drawn from an unknown probability measure μ\muμ. Let H\mathcal HH be a set of hypotheses and l:H×Z→Rl : \mathcal H \times \mathcal Z \to \mathbb Rl:H×Z→R a loss with 0≤l(h,z)≤M0 \le l(h, z) \le M0≤l(h,z)≤M for all h,zh, zh,z (the paper's standing assumption, Sect. 1.1).

  • The expected loss of hhh is L(h)=Ez∼μ l(h,z)\mathcal L(h) = \mathbb E_{z \sim \mu}\, l(h, z)L(h)=Ez∼μ​l(h,z) (expectedLoss).
  • The average loss of hhh on an nnn-sample set t(n)=(t1,…,tn)\mathbf t(n) = (t_1, \dots, t_n)t(n)=(t1​,…,tn​) is L(h,t(n))=1n∑i=1nl(h,ti)L(h, \mathbf t(n)) = \frac1n \sum_{i=1}^n l(h, t_i)L(h,t(n))=n1​∑i=1n​l(h,ti​) (avgLoss).
  • A learning method A={An}n∈N\mathcal A = \{\mathcal A^n\}_{n \in \mathbb N}A={An}n∈N​ is a sequence of maps An:Zn→H\mathcal A^n : \mathcal Z^n \to \mathcal HAn:Zn→H; As(n)\mathcal A_{\mathbf s(n)}As(n)​ is the hypothesis learned from s(n)\mathbf s(n)s(n).
  • A training sequence s∗=(s1∗,s2∗,… )\mathbf s^* = (s^*_1, s^*_2, \dots)s∗=(s1∗​,s2∗​,…) is fixed and deterministic, and s∗(n)\mathbf s^*(n)s∗(n) denotes its first nnn elements (firstN).
  • A test sample t(n)\mathbf t(n)t(n) consists of nnn i.i.d. draws from μ\muμ; Pr⁡\PrPr always refers to t(n)∼μn\mathbf t(n) \sim \mu^nt(n)∼μn.

The method generalizes w.r.t. s∗\mathbf s^*s∗ (Definition 8) if

lim⁡n→∞∣L(As∗(n))−L(As∗(n),s∗(n))∣=0.\lim_{n\to\infty} \big| \mathcal L(\mathcal A_{\mathbf s^*(n)}) - L(\mathcal A_{\mathbf s^*(n)}, \mathbf s^*(n)) \big| = 0.n→∞lim​​L(As∗(n)​)−L(As∗(n)​,s∗(n))​=0.

It is weakly robust w.r.t. s∗\mathbf s^*s∗ (Definition 9) if there are sets Dn⊆Zn\mathcal D_n \subseteq \mathcal Z^nDn​⊆Zn with Pr⁡(t(n)∈Dn)→1\Pr(\mathbf t(n) \in \mathcal D_n) \to 1Pr(t(n)∈Dn​)→1 and

lim⁡n→∞{max⁡s^(n)∈Dn∣L(As∗(n),s^(n))−L(As∗(n),s∗(n))∣}=0.(6)\lim_{n\to\infty} \Big\{ \max_{\hat{\mathbf s}(n) \in \mathcal D_n} \big| L(\mathcal A_{\mathbf s^*(n)}, \hat{\mathbf s}(n)) - L(\mathcal A_{\mathbf s^*(n)}, \mathbf s^*(n)) \big| \Big\} = 0. \qquad (6)n→∞lim​{s^(n)∈Dn​max​​L(As∗(n)​,s^(n))−L(As∗(n)​,s∗(n))​}=0.(6)

A set Dn\mathcal D_nDn​ can be read as a family of perturbed copies of the training set that carries almost all of the probability of the test sample.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 8 (p. 409)

A generalizes w.r.t. s∗  ⟺  A is weakly robust w.r.t. s∗,\mathcal A \text{ generalizes w.r.t. } \mathbf s^* \iff \mathcal A \text{ is weakly robust w.r.t. } \mathbf s^*,A generalizes w.r.t. s∗⟺A is weakly robust w.r.t. s∗,

for every probability measure μ\muμ, every loss measurable in zzz with values in [0,M][0, M][0,M], every learning method A\mathcal AA and every training sequence s∗\mathbf s^*s∗.

Milestones

  1. First equality of the proof (p. 410). For n≥1n \ge 1n≥1 and every hhh, Et(n)L(h,t(n))=L(h)\mathbb E_{\mathbf t(n)} L(h, \mathbf t(n)) = \mathcal L(h)Et(n)​L(h,t(n))=L(h).
  2. Sufficiency display (p. 410). If Pr⁡(t(n)∉D)≤δ\Pr(\mathbf t(n) \notin \mathcal D) \le \deltaPr(t(n)∈/D)≤δ and ∣L(h,s^)−L(h,s)∣≤ϵ|L(h, \hat{\mathbf s}) - L(h, \mathbf s)| \le \epsilon∣L(h,s^)−L(h,s)∣≤ϵ on D\mathcal DD, then
∣L(h)−L(h,s)∣≤δM+ϵ.\big|\mathcal L(h) - L(h, \mathbf s)\big| \le \delta M + \epsilon.​L(h)−L(h,s)​≤δM+ϵ.
  1. Lemma 2 (p. 410). If A\mathcal AA is not weakly robust w.r.t. s∗\mathbf s^*s∗, there are ϵ∗,δ∗>0\epsilon^*, \delta^* > 0ϵ∗,δ∗>0 with
Pr⁡(∣L(As∗(n),t(n))−L(As∗(n),s∗(n))∣≥ϵ∗)≥δ∗for infinitely many n.(8)\Pr\big(|L(\mathcal A_{\mathbf s^*(n)}, \mathbf t(n)) - L(\mathcal A_{\mathbf s^*(n)}, \mathbf s^*(n))| \ge \epsilon^*\big) \ge \delta^* \quad\text{for infinitely many } n. \qquad (8)Pr(∣L(As∗(n)​,t(n))−L(As∗(n)​,s∗(n))∣≥ϵ∗)≥δ∗for infinitely many n.(8)
  1. Eq. (9) (p. 411). L(As∗(n),t(n))−L(As∗(n))→0L(\mathcal A_{\mathbf s^*(n)}, \mathbf t(n)) - \mathcal L(\mathcal A_{\mathbf s^*(n)}) \to 0L(As∗(n)​,t(n))−L(As∗(n)​)→0 in probability.

Milestones 1–2 give the sufficiency direction; milestones 3–4 give necessity.

Significance

Theorem 8 is a characterization, not a bound. The sufficiency half says a quantitative robustness property yields generalization. The necessity half says every method that generalizes along a sequence is weakly robust along it, so no generalization argument can avoid something of this shape. The paper remarks that (K,ϵ)(K, \epsilon)(K,ϵ)-robustness for every ϵ\epsilonϵ implies weak robustness, which places Theorem 1's condition inside this characterization. Corollary 6, the almost-sure version (generalization with probability 1 iff almost-sure weak robustness), follows from Theorem 8 applied sequence by sequence.

The result is proved in the paper; no machine-checked proof of it is known. This mission contributes a formal statement of Definitions 8 and 9 in Lean, the two directions of the proof as reusable finite-nnn and asymptotic lemmas, and a place to formalize the bounded-loss law of large numbers for a hypothesis that changes with nnn (Eq. (9)), which Mathlib states for a fixed random variable.

Difficulty

The sufficiency direction is a direct estimate once the expectation of the average test loss is identified with the expected loss; the formal work is in handling the product measure μn\mu^nμn and a set Dn\mathcal D_nDn​ that need not be measurable.

The necessity direction is where care is needed. Eq. (9) is not the weak law of large numbers for a fixed function: the hypothesis As∗(n)\mathcal A_{\mathbf s^*(n)}As∗(n)​ changes with nnn, so the concentration must be uniform in the hypothesis, which holds only because the loss is uniformly bounded. Lemma 2 negates a statement with an existential over sequences of sets and a limit; the naive reading "for each ϵ,δ\epsilon, \deltaϵ,δ some Dn\mathcal D_nDn​ works eventually" does not by itself produce a single sequence Dn\mathcal D_nDn​ satisfying (6) with one limit.

Formalization scope

  • Z\mathcal ZZ is a type with a MeasurableSpace, μ\muμ a Measure with IsProbabilityMeasure, H\mathcal HH an arbitrary type. The learning method is A : (n : ℕ) → (Fin n → Z) → H, the training sequence sStar : ℕ → Z, and t(n)∼\mathbf t(n) \simt(n)∼ Measure.pi (fun _ : Fin n => μ). Indices start at 000.
  • The loss bound 0≤l≤M0 \le l \le M0≤l≤M is a hypothesis of every theorem. Measurability of l(h,⋅)l(h, \cdot)l(h,⋅) is added; the paper explicitly ignores measurability. Expectations are Bochner integrals, well defined here because the loss is bounded and measurable.
  • Probabilities and their limits live in [0,∞][0, \infty][0,∞] (ℝ≥0∞). The sets Dn\mathcal D_nDn​ need not be measurable; their probability is the outer measure. "For infinitely many nnn" is ∃ᶠ n in atTop.
  • Eq. (6) is encoded without a supremum: weak robustness asks for sets DnD_nDn​ and reals ηn→0\eta_n \to 0ηn​→0 with ∣L(As∗(n),s^)−L(As∗(n),s∗(n))∣≤ηn|L(\mathcal A_{\mathbf s^*(n)}, \hat{\mathbf s}) - L(\mathcal A_{\mathbf s^*(n)}, \mathbf s^*(n))| \le \eta_n∣L(As∗(n)​,s^)−L(As∗(n)​,s∗(n))∣≤ηn​ for all nnn and all s^∈Dn\hat{\mathbf s} \in D_ns^∈Dn​. This avoids Lean's junk value sup⁡∅=0\sup \emptyset = 0sup∅=0; since Pr⁡(t(n)∈Dn)→1\Pr(\mathbf t(n) \in D_n) \to 1Pr(t(n)∈Dn​)→1 forces DnD_nDn​ to be nonempty for all large nnn, the bound form is equivalent to the paper's reading.
  • Only part 1 of Definitions 8 and 9 is formalized. Corollary 6 is out of scope.
  • The goal is not trivial in either direction: a constant method on a one-point space satisfies both sides, and a constant method whose hypothesis has training average 111 and expected loss 1/21/21/2 along a fixed sequence fails both, so neither side is vacuous or always true.
  • Needed infrastructure: integrals over Measure.pi of coordinate functions, a Chebyshev or Hoeffding bound for averages of bounded i.i.d. variables uniform over a family of functions, and a diagonal-sequence construction. The uniform concentration lemma is reusable beyond this mission. Proofs of the milestones, and alternative routes to Eq. (9), are welcome.

Selected references

  • Huan Xu, Shie Mannor, Robustness and Generalization, Machine Learning 86 (2012) 391–423. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10994-011-5268-1
  • Shai Shalev-Shwartz, Ohad Shamir, Nathan Srebro, Karthik Sridharan, Learnability, Stability and Uniform Convergence, Journal of Machine Learning Research 11 (2010) 2635–2670. https://www.jmlr.org/papers/v11/shalev-shwartz10a.html
  • Wassily Hoeffding, Probability Inequalities for Sums of Bounded Random Variables, Journal of the American Statistical Association 58 (1963) 13–30. https://doi.org/10.1080/01621459.1963.10500830
8 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Machine LearningOperations ResearchStatistics·Captain: mikedeng1

Robustness and Generalization I: A Generalization Bound for Robust AlgorithmsResearch Paper

Why algorithmic robustness

A learning algorithm maps a training set to a hypothesis. It generalizes when the loss it incurs on the training set is close to its expected loss on fresh data. The classical way to certify this bounds the complexity of the whole hypothesis class the algorithm may output, through its VC dimension, covering numbers or Rademacher complexity. A second approach, algorithmic stability (Bousquet and Elisseeff 2002), looks instead at how the output changes when one training point is replaced.

Huan Xu and Shie Mannor proposed a third notion, algorithmic robustness. An algorithm is robust if the sample space can be cut into finitely many cells such that a test point falling in the same cell as a training point incurs nearly the same loss as that training point. The notion came out of their earlier analyses of support vector machines and the Lasso as robust optimization problems (Xu, Caramanis and Mannor 2009). The conference version appeared at COLT 2010, and the journal version, which this mission follows, is Xu and Mannor, Machine Learning 86 (2012) 391–423.

Robustness is a property of the algorithm and not of its hypothesis class, so it applies to algorithms whose class has infinite VC dimension. The paper's main result for i.i.d. data is Theorem 1 (p. 396). This mission formalizes Theorem 1 together with the steps of its proof.

Setting

Throughout, Z\mathcal ZZ is a measurable space of samples and H\mathcal HH is an arbitrary set of hypotheses. A loss l:H×Z→Rl : \mathcal H \times \mathcal Z \to \mathbb Rl:H×Z→R satisfies 0≤l(h,z)≤M0 \le l(h,z) \le M0≤l(h,z)≤M for a constant MMM. A training set is s=(s1,…,sn)∈Zn\mathbf s = (s_1, \dots, s_n) \in \mathcal Z^ns=(s1​,…,sn​)∈Zn, and a learning algorithm is a map A:Zn→H\mathcal A : \mathcal Z^n \to \mathcal HA:Zn→H, written s↦As\mathbf s \mapsto \mathcal A_{\mathbf s}s↦As​.

For a probability measure μ\muμ on Z\mathcal ZZ, the expected error and the training error of the learned hypothesis are

L(As)=Ez∼μ l(As,z),lemp(As)=1n∑i=1nl(As,si).\mathcal L(\mathcal A_{\mathbf s}) = \mathbb E_{z\sim\mu}\, l(\mathcal A_{\mathbf s}, z), \qquad l_{\mathrm{emp}}(\mathcal A_{\mathbf s}) = \frac1n \sum_{i=1}^n l(\mathcal A_{\mathbf s}, s_i).L(As​)=Ez∼μ​l(As​,z),lemp​(As​)=n1​i=1∑n​l(As​,si​).

Definition 2 (p. 396). For K∈NK \in \mathbb NK∈N and ϵ(⋅):Zn→R\epsilon(\cdot) : \mathcal Z^n \to \mathbb Rϵ(⋅):Zn→R, the algorithm A\mathcal AA is (K,ϵ(⋅))(K, \epsilon(\cdot))(K,ϵ(⋅))-robust if Z\mathcal ZZ can be partitioned into KKK disjoint sets C1,…,CKC_1, \dots, C_KC1​,…,CK​ such that for every s∈Zn\mathbf s \in \mathcal Z^ns∈Zn,

∀s∈s, ∀z∈Z, ∀i:s,z∈Ci  ⟹  ∣l(As,s)−l(As,z)∣≤ϵ(s).\forall s \in \mathbf s,\ \forall z \in \mathcal Z,\ \forall i:\quad s, z \in C_i \implies |l(\mathcal A_{\mathbf s}, s) - l(\mathcal A_{\mathbf s}, z)| \le \epsilon(\mathbf s).∀s∈s, ∀z∈Z, ∀i:s,z∈Ci​⟹∣l(As​,s)−l(As​,z)∣≤ϵ(s).

The partition is chosen once, before the training set. Only the tolerance ϵ(s)\epsilon(\mathbf s)ϵ(s) may depend on s\mathbf ss.

For a partition C1,…,CKC_1,\dots,C_KC1​,…,CK​, the cell count ∣Ni∣|N_i|∣Ni​∣ is the number of training points in CiC_iCi​. The Lean development uses expectedLoss, empiricalLoss, cellCount and IsRobust in the namespace XuMannorRobust.Standard.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1 (p. 396)

Let A\mathcal AA be (K,ϵ(⋅))(K,\epsilon(\cdot))(K,ϵ(⋅))-robust and let s\mathbf ss consist of n≥1n \ge 1n≥1 i.i.d. draws from μ\muμ. Then for every δ>0\delta > 0δ>0, with probability at least 1−δ1-\delta1−δ,

∣L(As)−lemp(As)∣≤ϵ(s)+M2Kln⁡2+2ln⁡(1/δ)n.|\mathcal L(\mathcal A_{\mathbf s}) - l_{\mathrm{emp}}(\mathcal A_{\mathbf s})| \le \epsilon(\mathbf s) + M\sqrt{\frac{2K\ln 2 + 2\ln(1/\delta)}{n}}.∣L(As​)−lemp​(As​)∣≤ϵ(s)+Mn2Kln2+2ln(1/δ)​​.

The constants are the paper's and are kept as printed. KKK, ϵ(⋅)\epsilon(\cdot)ϵ(⋅), MMM, nnn, δ\deltaδ, μ\muμ and the algorithm are all universally quantified.

Milestones (proof of Theorem 1, pp. 396–397)

  1. Bretagnolle–Huber–Carol inequality for the multinomial vector of cell counts. For every λ≥0\lambda \ge 0λ≥0,
Pr⁡{∑i=1K∣∣Ni∣n−μ(Ci)∣≥λ}≤2Kexp⁡(−nλ22).\Pr\Big\{\sum_{i=1}^K \Big|\frac{|N_i|}{n} - \mu(C_i)\Big| \ge \lambda\Big\} \le 2^K \exp\Big(\frac{-n\lambda^2}{2}\Big).Pr{i=1∑K​​n∣Ni​∣​−μ(Ci​)​≥λ}≤2Kexp(2−nλ2​).
  1. Eq. (3). With probability at least 1−δ1-\delta1−δ,
∑i=1K∣∣Ni∣n−μ(Ci)∣≤2Kln⁡2+2ln⁡(1/δ)n.\sum_{i=1}^K \Big|\frac{|N_i|}{n} - \mu(C_i)\Big| \le \sqrt{\frac{2K\ln 2 + 2\ln(1/\delta)}{n}}.i=1∑K​​n∣Ni​∣​−μ(Ci​)​≤n2Kln2+2ln(1/δ)​​.
  1. Eq. (4). For a partition witnessing robustness and for every training set s\mathbf ss, deterministically,
∣L(As)−lemp(As)∣≤ϵ(s)+M∑i=1K∣∣Ni∣n−μ(Ci)∣.|\mathcal L(\mathcal A_{\mathbf s}) - l_{\mathrm{emp}}(\mathcal A_{\mathbf s})| \le \epsilon(\mathbf s) + M\sum_{i=1}^K \Big|\frac{|N_i|}{n} - \mu(C_i)\Big|.∣L(As​)−lemp​(As​)∣≤ϵ(s)+Mi=1∑K​​n∣Ni​∣​−μ(Ci​)​.

Significance

Theorem 1 is the base result of the robustness framework. The later results of the same paper are extensions of it:

  • Corollary 1: an adaptive number of cells;
  • Corollaries 2 and 3: covering-number instances;
  • Theorem 4: a pseudo-robust version;
  • the Markovian case.

Its complexity term depends only on the number of cells KKK, not on any capacity measure of H\mathcal HH. This is why it gives bounds for algorithms such as support vector machines, Lasso, feed-forward networks and principal component analysis (Sect. 6 of the paper). For those, KKK is a covering number of the sample space. Section 8 of the paper shows that a weak form of robustness is also necessary for generalization.

Theorem 1 is a published result with a short proof. What a formalization adds:

  • a machine-checked statement of the robustness notion, pinning down which quantifier comes first;
  • a formal proof of the multinomial concentration step, which the paper takes from van der Vaart and Wellner rather than proving;
  • a reusable interface for the covering-number examples.

A search of the platform (2026-09-26) found no formal statement of Theorem 1, Definition 2, or the Bretagnolle–Huber–Carol inequality for multinomial vectors. Hoeffding's inequality is already available there in proved form.

Difficulty

The deterministic step, Eq. (4), splits the expected loss over the cells. It then compares the loss within each cell with the loss at the training points in that cell. This needs integration over a partition and some care with cells of μ\muμ-measure zero, where the conditional expectation in the paper's chain is undefined.

The main obstacle is the probabilistic step. The quantity ∑i∣∣Ni∣/n−μ(Ci)∣\sum_i ||N_i|/n - \mu(C_i)|∑i​∣∣Ni​∣/n−μ(Ci​)∣ is an ℓ1\ell_1ℓ1​ deviation of a multinomial vector. A coordinate-wise Hoeffding bound followed by a union bound over the KKK coordinates gives a bound whose deviation level grows linearly in KKK. That is not 2Ke−nλ2/22^K e^{-n\lambda^2/2}2Ke−nλ2/2, and it does not give the constant 2Kln⁡2\sqrt{2K\ln 2}2Kln2​ of Theorem 1. The difficulty is to obtain the exact exponential rate 2Ke−nλ2/22^K e^{-n\lambda^2/2}2Ke−nλ2/2 for the ℓ1\ell_1ℓ1​ deviation as a whole, with no loss in the constant.

Formalization scope

Samples are a type Z with a MeasurableSpace, training sets are Fin n → Z, the algorithm is a function (Fin n → Z) → H, and the loss is H → Z → ℝ. The partition is a family C : Fin K → Set Z that is pairwise disjoint, measurable, and covers Z. Empty cells are allowed, as in the paper. The i.i.d. sample law is Measure.pi (fun _ => μ) with μ a probability measure, and μ(Ci)\mu(C_i)μ(Ci​) enters as a real number.

"With probability at least 1−δ1-\delta1−δ" is encoded as an upper bound δ\deltaδ on the outer measure, under μn\mu^nμn, of the set of training sets where the inequality fails. This needs no measurability of s↦As\mathbf s \mapsto \mathcal A_{\mathbf s}s↦As​.

The paper ignores measurability. The formalization restores it: every l(h,⋅)l(h,\cdot)l(h,⋅) is measurable and every cell is a measurable set. Together with 0≤l≤M0 \le l \le M0≤l≤M this makes the expected error a genuine expectation.

The theorems assume n≥1n \ge 1n≥1. The Bretagnolle–Huber–Carol step assumes λ≥0\lambda \ge 0λ≥0, because the printed inequality is false for λ<0\lambda < 0λ<0. No upper bound on δ\deltaδ is imposed: for δ>2K\delta > 2^Kδ>2K the radicand is negative, the square root evaluates to 000, and the statements remain true.

Two trivializing readings of Definition 2 are ruled out:

  • The partition may not depend on the training set. In IsRobust the existential over the partition precedes the universal over training sets. If the order were swapped, every algorithm with a {0,1}\{0,1\}{0,1}-valued loss would be (2,0)(2,0)(2,0)-robust, since it could take the two level sets of its own learned loss as cells. Theorem 1 would then fail for a memorizing classifier.
  • The tolerance may not depend on the test point, and the condition is required for every z∈Zz \in \mathcal Zz∈Z, not only for zzz equal to a training point.

Beyond the paper's text, a complete development needs the integral over a finite measurable partition, a Hoeffding bound for indicator averages, and a union bound over the subsets of Fin K. The multinomial concentration inequality is reusable beyond this mission, in histogram estimators, discretization arguments and the covering-number examples of the paper. Contributions are welcome at every level: proofs of the milestones, and alternative proofs of the Bretagnolle–Huber–Carol step (for instance via the method of types).

Selected references

  • H. Xu and S. Mannor, Robustness and Generalization, Machine Learning 86 (2012) 391–423. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10994-011-5268-1
  • A. W. van der Vaart and J. A. Wellner, Weak Convergence and Empirical Processes, Springer, 1996 (Proposition A.6.6). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4757-2545-2
  • O. Bousquet and A. Elisseeff, Stability and Generalization, Journal of Machine Learning Research 2 (2002) 499–526. https://www.jmlr.org/papers/v2/bousquet02a.html
  • H. Xu, C. Caramanis and S. Mannor, Robustness and Regularization of Support Vector Machines, Journal of Machine Learning Research 10 (2009) 1485–1510. https://www.jmlr.org/papers/v10/xu09b.html
  • W. Hoeffding, Probability Inequalities for Sums of Bounded Random Variables, Journal of the American Statistical Association 58 (1963) 13–30. https://doi.org/10.1080/01621459.1963.10500830
7 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Convex OptimizationOperations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Stochastic Programs with Fixed Recourse: The Equivalent Deterministic Program II: Stability of the Deterministic Equivalent Convex ProgramResearch Paper

Motivation

A two-stage stochastic linear program with fixed recourse chooses a first-stage decision xxx before a random vector ξ\xiξ is observed, and then pays for a cheapest corrective action yyy once ξ\xiξ is known. It is the basic model of planning under uncertainty in operations research: capacity expansion, production planning with random demand, and energy dispatch are all written in this form, and every decomposition algorithm of the field (L-shaped, stochastic decomposition, progressive hedging) works on it.

Roger J.-B. Wets' survey Stochastic Programs with Fixed Recourse: The Equivalent Deterministic Program (SIAM Review, 1974) collected the structural theory of this model: where the problem is feasible (§4), what the expected cost looks like as a function of xxx (§7), and when the resulting convex program is well behaved (§8). This mission formalizes the second chain, from the polyhedral structure of the recourse function to the stability of the deterministic equivalent program: the existence of an optimal Lagrange multiplier for the first-stage constraints. Stability is what makes the optimal value react at a bounded rate to perturbations of the first-stage right-hand side, and it is the hypothesis under which dual and decomposition methods have something to converge to.

Setting

The data are a random element ξ=(c,q,p,T)\xi=(c,q,p,T)ξ=(c,q,p,T) with c∈Rnc\in\mathbb R^nc∈Rn, q∈Rnˉq\in\mathbb R^{\bar n}q∈Rnˉ, p∈Rmˉp\in\mathbb R^{\bar m}p∈Rmˉ and TTT an mˉ×n\bar m\times nmˉ×n matrix, distributed according to a probability measure μ\muμ. The recourse matrix WWW (mˉ×nˉ\bar m\times\bar nmˉ×nˉ), the first-stage matrix AAA (m×nm\times nm×n) and b∈Rmb\in\mathbb R^mb∈Rm are fixed. The recourse function is

Q(x,ξ)=min⁡{q(ξ)y∣Wy=p(ξ)−T(ξ)x, y≥0},Q(x,\xi)=\min\{q(\xi)y \mid Wy=p(\xi)-T(\xi)x,\ y\ge0\},Q(x,ξ)=min{q(ξ)y∣Wy=p(ξ)−T(ξ)x, y≥0},

equal to +∞+\infty+∞ if the second-stage program is infeasible and −∞-\infty−∞ if it is unbounded.

The weak covariance condition (Definition 2.2) requires cjc_jcj​, qjpiq_jp_iqj​pi​ and qjtikq_jt_{ik}qj​tik​ to be integrable for all indices; it does not require qqq, ppp or TTT themselves to be integrable. The paper also assumes throughout that WWW has full row rank (p. 312).

Expectations use the paper's integral: positive part minus negative part, with each part infinite if its integral diverges or the integrand is infinite on a set of positive measure, and (+∞)+(−∞)=+∞(+\infty)+(-\infty)=+\infty(+∞)+(−∞)=+∞. The expected recourse is Q(x)=Eξ{Q(x,ξ)}\mathcal Q(x)=E_\xi\{Q(x,\xi)\}Q(x)=Eξ​{Q(x,ξ)} and the objective is

Z(x)=cˉ x+Q(x),cˉ=Eξ{c(ξ)}.Z(x)=\bar c\,x+\mathcal Q(x),\qquad \bar c=E_\xi\{c(\xi)\}.Z(x)=cˉx+Q(x),cˉ=Eξ​{c(ξ)}.

The induced constraints are K2=⋂ζ∈Ξ~p,T{x:p−Tx∈pos⁡W}K_2=\bigcap_{\zeta\in\tilde\Xi_{p,T}}\{x : p-Tx\in\operatorname{pos}W\}K2​=⋂ζ∈Ξ~p,T​​{x:p−Tx∈posW}, where pos⁡W={Wy:y≥0}\operatorname{pos}W=\{Wy:y\ge0\}posW={Wy:y≥0} and Ξ~p,T\tilde\Xi_{p,T}Ξ~p,T​ is the support of the distribution of (p,T)(p,T)(p,T). The fixed constraints are K1={x:Ax=b, x≥0}K_1=\{x: Ax=b,\ x\ge0\}K1​={x:Ax=b, x≥0}, and K=K1∩K2K=K_1\cap K_2K=K1​∩K2​. The deterministic equivalent program (8.2) is to minimize ZZZ over KKK.

A convex program of the form min⁡{f(x):Ax=b, x≥0, x∈D}\min\{f(x) : Ax=b,\ x\ge0,\ x\in D\}min{f(x):Ax=b, x≥0, x∈D} with finite value vvv is stable (Definition 8.1(iv)) if there is π∈Rm\pi\in\mathbb R^mπ∈Rm with v≤f(x)+π(b−Ax)v\le f(x)+\pi(b-Ax)v≤f(x)+π(b−Ax) for all x∈Dx\in Dx∈D, x≥0x\ge0x≥0. Equivalently, the dual obtained by perturbing bbb is solvable and has no duality gap.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 8.11 (p. 337)

If the weak covariance condition holds, WWW has full row rank, K2K_2K2​ is a polyhedron and the program is finite, v=inf⁡KZ∈Rv=\inf_K Z\in\mathbb Rv=infK​Z∈R, then

∃ π∈Rm:v≤Z(x)+π (b−Ax)for all x∈K2, x≥0.\exists\,\pi\in\mathbb R^m:\quad v\le Z(x)+\pi\,(b-Ax)\quad\text{for all }x\in K_2,\ x\ge0 .∃π∈Rm:v≤Z(x)+π(b−Ax)for all x∈K2​, x≥0.

Milestones

  1. Corollary 7.3 (p. 328). The value t↦min⁡{cx∣Ax=t, x≥0}t\mapsto\min\{cx\mid Ax=t,\ x\ge0\}t↦min{cx∣Ax=t, x≥0} is a finite maximum of affine functions on pos⁡A\operatorname{pos}AposA, or −∞-\infty−∞ on all of pos⁡A\operatorname{pos}AposA.
  2. Proposition 7.5 (p. 329). Q(x,ξ)Q(x,\xi)Q(x,ξ) is convex polyhedral in xxx on K2K_2K2​ for each ξ\xiξ in the support, concave polyhedral in qqq, and convex polyhedral in (p,T)(p,T)(p,T).
  3. Theorem 7.6 (p. 329). ZZZ is convex on KKK, and it is either finite on KKK or identically −∞-\infty−∞ on KKK.
  4. Theorem 7.7 (pp. 329–330). If Z>−∞Z>-\inftyZ>−∞ on KKK, then ∣Z(x)−Z(x0)∣≤Bˉ∥x−x0∥|Z(x)-Z(x^0)|\le\bar B\|x-x^0\|∣Z(x)−Z(x0)∣≤Bˉ∥x−x0∥ on KKK (Euclidean norm).
  5. Lemma 8.9 (p. 337). A finite program min⁡{f(x):Ax=b, x≥0}\min\{f(x): Ax=b,\ x\ge0\}min{f(x):Ax=b, x≥0} whose objective is convex and Lipschitz on a polyhedral domain is stable.

Significance

Stability of (8.2) is the regularity property that the dual and sensitivity theory of two-stage programs relies on. It gives a finite Lagrange multiplier for the first-stage constraints, a supporting hyperplane of the perturbation function ϕ(u)=inf⁡{Z(x):Ax=b−u, x∈K2∩R+n}\phi(u)=\inf\{Z(x) : Ax=b-u,\ x\in K_2\cap\mathbb R^n_+\}ϕ(u)=inf{Z(x):Ax=b−u, x∈K2​∩R+n​} at u=0u=0u=0, and hence a bounded rate of change of the optimal value under perturbations of bbb. The route through Theorems 7.6 and 7.7 also yields facts that are used on their own: the objective is a convex function that is either finite or identically −∞-\infty−∞ on the feasible region, and it is Lipschitz with a constant controlled by the weak covariance moments.

The results have been proved since 1974, and Lemma 8.9 is cited there to Walkup and Wets (1969). As far as the platform's catalog shows, none of them is formalized for a general distribution. The platform has finite-scenario versions of related facts from Birge and Louveaux's textbook, Chapter 3: StochasticProg.Recourse.thm6a_Q_lipschitz_convex_finite (the expected recourse is finite, convex and Lipschitz on K2K_2K2​ for finitely many scenarios) and StochasticProg.Recourse.thm5a_K2_closed_convex. A complete development would supply the general-distribution versions, with the paper's own extended integral.

Difficulty

The obvious argument for Theorem 7.7 integrates a pointwise Lipschitz constant of Q(⋅,ξ)Q(\cdot,\xi)Q(⋅,ξ). It fails unless that constant is integrable, and the weak covariance condition, not integrability of ξ\xiξ, is what has to deliver this, uniformly over the finitely many second-stage bases.

For the goal, convexity and finiteness of the program are not enough. The paper's Example 8.5 has a finite convex deterministic equivalent with an infinite duality gap, and the counterexample under Formalization scope has a finite value and no multiplier. When the domain of ZZZ has curved boundary, the perturbation function can have infinite slope at 000; the polyhedral hypothesis on K2K_2K2​ is what excludes this.

Formalization scope

  • Types. Vectors are Fin n → ℝ; matrices are Matrix (Fin _) (Fin _) ℝ; row vectors of the paper (ccc, qqq, π\piπ) enter through dotProduct. The law μ\muμ is a probability measure on (Fin n → ℝ) × (Fin n̄ → ℝ) × (Fin m̄ → ℝ) × (Fin m̄ → Fin n → ℝ). QQQ is the platform definition KallMayer.Recourse.PointwiseRecourse, an EReal-valued infimum. Supports are MeasureTheory.Measure.support.
  • The integral. Q\mathcal QQ is written as lintegral of the positive part minus lintegral of the negative part, with +∞+\infty+∞ whenever the positive part is +∞+\infty+∞. This is the paper's (+∞)+(−∞)=+∞(+\infty)+(-\infty)=+\infty(+∞)+(−∞)=+∞; Mathlib's EReal subtraction resolves the other way. A Bochner integral of toReal would be 000 for non-integrable integrands and make every expected-cost statement trivial, and it is not used. cˉ\bar ccˉ is a Bochner integral, legitimate because Definition 2.2 makes each cjc_jcj​ integrable.
  • Readings of informal words.
    • "Has first moments" is Integrable.
    • "Convex polyhedron" means finitely many weak linear inequalities; ∅\emptyset∅ and Rn\mathbb R^nRn are included.
    • "Finite convex (concave) polyhedral function on SSS" means equal on SSS to the maximum (minimum) of finitely many affine functions. The xxx and (p,T)(p,T)(p,T) parts of Proposition 7.5 are stated as a dichotomy with the identically −∞-\infty−∞ case; the qqq part is stated, as Corollary 7.4 gives it, as finite concave polyhedral on pos⁡(WT,−WT,I)\operatorname{pos}(W^T,-W^T,I)pos(WT,−WT,I) when the recourse problem is feasible.
    • "Convex" for the extended-real ZZZ (Theorem 7.6) is ConvexOn of toReal on the finite branch.
    • "Bounded on KKK" (Theorem 7.7) is read as Z>−∞Z>-\inftyZ>−∞ on KKK, the proof's own reading. Finiteness on KKK is part of the conclusion.
    • "Convex and Lipschitz on a polyhedron" (Lemma 8.9) means the objective's domain is the polyhedron.
    • "The program is finite" means the infimum over KKK is a real number.
    • "Stable" is the Kuhn–Tucker form above: a multiplier compared against the primal value, not merely a solvable dual. The latter would allow a duality gap.
  • Standing assumptions. Full row rank of WWW appears in Theorems 7.7 and 8.11, where the proof uses square nonsingular submatrices of WWW. It is omitted from Theorem 7.6 and Corollary 7.3 (Theorem 7.2's rank assumption), where it is not needed; this makes those statements stronger.
  • Corrections to the page. Theorem 8.11 is printed with "KKK is polyhedral", K=K1∩K2K=K_1\cap K_2K=K1​∩K2​, and read literally it is false. Take T(ξ)T(\xi)T(ξ) uniform on the unit circle, p≡1p\equiv1p≡1, W=(1)W=(1)W=(1), q≡0q\equiv0q≡0, c≡(−1,0)c\equiv(-1,0)c≡(−1,0) and K1={x2=1, x≥0}K_1=\{x_2=1,\ x\ge0\}K1​={x2​=1, x≥0}. Then K2K_2K2​ is the unit disk and K={(0,1)}K=\{(0,1)\}K={(0,1)} is polyhedral with finite value 000, but no multiplier exists. The goal therefore assumes "K2K_2K2​ is polyhedral", as the sentence before Lemma 8.9 and the proof require. In the dual (8.3) the page writes ccc for cˉ\bar ccˉ.
  • Ruled out. A statement of stability as "the dual supremum is attained" without equality to the primal value is not the goal, and neither is a hypothesis making KKK empty or ZZZ identically −∞-\infty−∞: the finiteness hypothesis excludes both.
  • Infrastructure. The needed pieces are Minkowski–Weyl for polyhedra (PointedCone.FG/DualFG in Mathlib), LP duality with ±∞\pm\infty±∞ values, the paper's extended integral, and a Kuhn–Tucker theorem for convex programs with polyhedral constraints (Rockafellar, Convex Analysis, Thm 28.2). Corollary 7.3 and Lemma 8.9 contain no probability and are reusable across convex analysis. Proofs of any milestone, and lemmas on the paper's extended integral (monotonicity, subadditivity), are welcome.

Selected references

  • R. J.-B. Wets, Stochastic Programs with Fixed Recourse: The Equivalent Deterministic Program, SIAM Review 16(3):309–339, 1974. https://doi.org/10.1137/1016053
  • D. W. Walkup and R. J.-B. Wets, Stochastic programs with recourse, SIAM J. Appl. Math. 15(5):1299–1314, 1967. https://doi.org/10.1137/0115113
  • R. M. Van Slyke and R. J.-B. Wets, A duality theory for abstract mathematical programs with applications to optimal control theory, J. Math. Anal. Appl. 22(3):679–706, 1968 (cited by Wets for Definition 8.1 and the dual (8.3)).
  • R. T. Rockafellar, Convex Analysis, Princeton University Press, 1970. https://doi.org/10.1515/9781400873173
  • J. R. Birge and F. Louveaux, Introduction to Stochastic Programming, 2nd ed., Springer, 2011, Chapter 3. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4614-0237-4
10 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Operations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Stochastic Programs with Fixed Recourse: The Equivalent Deterministic Program I: The Induced Feasibility Region Is a Closed Convex Polyhedron When T Is FixedResearch Paper

Motivation

A two-stage stochastic program with recourse is a linear program in which a decision xxx is taken before a random vector ξ\xiξ is observed, and a corrective (recourse) decision yyy is taken afterwards at a cost. It is the basic model of planning under uncertainty in operations research: capacity expansion, production planning, energy dispatch and inventory models are routinely written this way. Before any algorithm can be applied, the model has to be reduced to a deterministic equivalent program in xxx alone, and the first question is which xxx are admissible at all: the random second-stage constraints induce constraints on xxx that are not written down anywhere in the data.

Roger J.-B. Wets's survey (SIAM Review 16(3), 1974) settled this question for fixed recourse (the recourse matrix WWW is not random) under a weak moment condition on the data. Its §4 shows that the natural definitions of the induced feasibility region agree, that the region is always closed and convex, and that it is a polyhedron, described by finitely many deterministic linear inequalities, whenever the technology matrix TTT is fixed. The last fact is what makes decomposition methods such as the L-shaped method of Van Slyke and Wets (1969) terminate with finitely many feasibility cuts.

Timeline: Dantzig (1955) and Beale (1955) introduce linear programs under uncertainty, under assumptions that make every xxx feasible (relatively complete recourse). Wets (1966) and Kall (1966) begin studying the feasibility region without that assumption; Wets (1966c) introduces the polar matrix used for the polyhedrality result. Walkup and Wets (1967) treat random WWW. The 1974 survey collects these results in the form formalized here.

Setting

The data are a fixed real mˉ×nˉ\bar m \times \bar nmˉ×nˉ matrix WWW and a random vector ξ=(c,q,p,T)\xi = (c, q, p, T)ξ=(c,q,p,T) with c∈Rnc \in \mathbb{R}^nc∈Rn, q∈Rnˉq \in \mathbb{R}^{\bar n}q∈Rnˉ, p∈Rmˉp \in \mathbb{R}^{\bar m}p∈Rmˉ and TTT an mˉ×n\bar m \times nmˉ×n matrix. The law of ξ\xiξ is a probability measure μ\muμ on the product space, and its support Ξ~\tilde\XiΞ~ is the smallest closed set of measure one. The recourse function is

Q(x,ξ)=min⁡{ q(ξ)y∣Wy=p(ξ)−T(ξ)x, y≥0 },Q(x,\xi) = \min\{\, q(\xi)y \mid Wy = p(\xi) - T(\xi)x,\ y \ge 0 \,\},Q(x,ξ)=min{q(ξ)y∣Wy=p(ξ)−T(ξ)x, y≥0},

equal to +∞+\infty+∞ when the program is infeasible and −∞-\infty−∞ when it is unbounded below. The expected recourse Q(x)=Eξ{Q(x,ξ)}\mathcal Q(x) = E_\xi\{Q(x,\xi)\}Q(x)=Eξ​{Q(x,ξ)} uses the paper's integral: the sum of the positive part ∫Q+dμ∈[0,+∞]\int Q^+ d\mu \in [0,+\infty]∫Q+dμ∈[0,+∞] and the negative part −∫Q−dμ∈[−∞,0]-\int Q^- d\mu \in [-\infty,0]−∫Q−dμ∈[−∞,0], with (+∞)+(−∞)=+∞(+\infty) + (-\infty) = +\infty(+∞)+(−∞)=+∞.

The weak covariance condition (Definition 2.2) asks that cjc_jcj​, qjpiq_j p_iqj​pi​ and qjtikq_j t_{ik}qj​tik​ be integrable for all i,j,ki, j, ki,j,k. Write pos⁡W={Wy∣y≥0}\operatorname{pos} W = \{Wy \mid y \ge 0\}posW={Wy∣y≥0}. The candidate feasibility sets for the induced constraints are

  • K2μK_2^\muK2μ​: the xxx for which, with probability one, some y≥0y \ge 0y≥0 solves Wy=p(ξ)−T(ξ)xWy = p(\xi) - T(\xi)xWy=p(ξ)−T(ξ)x;
  • K2pK_2^pK2p​: the xxx for which such a yyy exists for every ξ∈Ξ~\xi \in \tilde\Xiξ∈Ξ~;
  • K2s={x∣Q(x)<+∞}K_2^s = \{x \mid \mathcal Q(x) < +\infty\}K2s​={x∣Q(x)<+∞};
  • K2=⋂ζ∈Ξ~p,TK2(ζ)K_2 = \bigcap_{\zeta \in \tilde\Xi_{p,T}} K_2(\zeta)K2​=⋂ζ∈Ξ~p,T​​K2​(ζ), where Ξ~p,T\tilde\Xi_{p,T}Ξ~p,T​ is the support of the law of (p,T)(p,T)(p,T) and K2(ζ)={x∣p−Tx∈pos⁡W}K_2(\zeta) = \{x \mid p - Tx \in \operatorname{pos} W\}K2​(ζ)={x∣p−Tx∈posW} for ζ=(p,T)\zeta = (p,T)ζ=(p,T).

A convex polyhedron is a set {x∣Gx≥α}\{x \mid Gx \ge \alpha\}{x∣Gx≥α} given by finitely many linear inequalities; ∅\emptyset∅ and Rn\mathbb{R}^nRn are polyhedra.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4.10

If TTT is fixed and ξ\xiξ satisfies the weak covariance condition, then

K2={x∈Rn∣Gx≥α}for some finite system G,α,K_2 = \{x \in \mathbb{R}^n \mid Gx \ge \alpha\} \quad \text{for some finite system } G, \alpha,K2​={x∈Rn∣Gx≥α}for some finite system G,α,

so K2K_2K2​ is a closed convex polyhedron. The number of inequalities is not fixed in advance, and K2K_2K2​ may be empty.

Milestones

  1. Theorem 4.1. Under weak covariance, K2μ=K2p=K2sK_2^\mu = K_2^p = K_2^sK2μ​=K2p​=K2s​.
  2. Corollary 4.5. Under weak covariance, K2=K2p=K2μ=K2sK_2 = K_2^p = K_2^\mu = K_2^sK2​=K2p​=K2μ​=K2s​.
  3. Theorem 4.6. For every set Σ\SigmaΣ with the same closed positive hull as Ξ~p,T\tilde\Xi_{p,T}Ξ~p,T​, K2=⋂ζ∈ΣK2(ζ)K_2 = \bigcap_{\zeta \in \Sigma} K_2(\zeta)K2​=⋂ζ∈Σ​K2​(ζ).
  4. Theorem 4.7. K2K_2K2​ is closed and convex; if the closed positive hull pos⁡(Ξ~p,T)\operatorname{pos}(\tilde\Xi_{p,T})pos(Ξ~p,T​) is a convex polyhedral cone, K2K_2K2​ is a convex polyhedron.

Significance

Theorem 4.1 and Corollary 4.5 show that three different notions of second-stage feasibility (almost sure, on the support, finite expected cost) coincide, and that feasibility depends only on the distribution of (p,T)(p, T)(p,T). This justifies computing the feasibility region from the support alone, which is what feasibility-cut algorithms do. Theorem 4.7 guarantees that the deterministic equivalent program is a convex program over a closed convex set, with no moment condition. Theorem 4.10 shows that with a fixed technology matrix the induced constraints are finitely many linear inequalities, even when p(ξ)p(\xi)p(ξ) has an unbounded continuous distribution, so the deterministic equivalent program has a polyhedral feasible region.

The results are classical and proved in the paper. None of them is formalized on Prove2Me for a general distribution. The platform has the finite-scenario analogue of Theorem 4.7's first part, StochasticProg.Recourse.thm5a_K2_closed_convex (Birge and Louveaux, Ch. 3, Thm 5(a)), for finitely many scenarios; it is related work, not a special case in the Lean sense, because its model differs. The mission produces a machine-checked account of the measure-theoretic part (supports, pushforwards, an extended-valued integral with a nonstandard convention) and of the polyhedral part (Minkowski–Weyl for cones).

Difficulty

Two steps resist the obvious approach. First, K2p⊆K2sK_2^p \subseteq K_2^sK2p​⊆K2s​ needs an integrable upper bound for the positive part of Q(x,⋅)Q(x,\cdot)Q(x,⋅) on the whole support. QQQ is only piecewise linear in ξ\xiξ, can equal −∞-\infty−∞, and qqq, ppp, TTT are not assumed integrable separately, so no single dominating function is at hand; only the products controlled by the weak covariance condition are integrable. Second, Theorem 4.10 intersects infinitely many polyhedra K2(ζ)K_2(\zeta)K2​(ζ), and an infinite intersection of polyhedra is in general only closed and convex (Theorem 4.7). Showing that finitely many inequalities suffice without any assumption on the shape of the support of ppp is the content of the goal, and the resulting system may be inconsistent, in which case K2=∅K_2 = \emptysetK2​=∅.

Formalization scope

Vectors are Fin k → ℝ and matrices are Matrix (Fin m) (Fin n) ℝ; the paper's row vectors and suppressed transposes become Matrix.mulVec. The data space is Rn×Rnˉ×Rmˉ×Rmˉ×n\mathbb{R}^n \times \mathbb{R}^{\bar n} \times \mathbb{R}^{\bar m} \times \mathbb{R}^{\bar m \times n}Rn×Rnˉ×Rmˉ×Rmˉ×n with its Borel structure, and μ\muμ is a probability measure on the whole space (the paper's sample space Ξ\XiΞ only carries μ\muμ). Readings fixed by the formalization:

  • "has first moments" (Def. 2.2) is Integrable with respect to μ\muμ.
  • The integral is the paper's: two lower Lebesgue integrals, returning +∞+\infty+∞ whenever the positive part diverges. Mathlib's EReal subtraction (⊤−⊤=⊥\top - \top = \bot⊤−⊤=⊥) and the Bochner integral of toReal (zero for non-integrable functions) would both make K2sK_2^sK2s​ wrong and are not used.
  • "support" is Mathlib's Measure.support; Ξ~p,T\tilde\Xi_{p,T}Ξ~p,T​ is the support of the pushforward under the (continuous, hence measurable) projection onto (p,T)(p,T)(p,T).
  • "TTT is fixed" means T(ξ)=T0T(\xi) = T_0T(ξ)=T0​ with probability one, a weaker hypothesis than pointwise constancy.
  • "convex polyhedron" is the solution set of finitely many weak linear inequalities, the number of them existentially quantified; "convex polyhedral cone" is the conic hull of finitely many vectors; "closed positive hull" is the closure of the conic hull.
  • Full row rank of WWW is the paper's standing assumption (p. 312) and is carried as a hypothesis of Theorem 4.1, Corollary 4.5 and Theorem 4.10; it is inessential for them.
  • Theorem 4.6 is stated as "for every Σ\SigmaΣ with the same closed positive hull as Ξ~p,T\tilde\Xi_{p,T}Ξ~p,T​". The literal statement fails: a closed half-plane has no extreme points, so the "inverse of convex closure" would give Σ=∅\Sigma = \emptysetΣ=∅ and an intersection equal to Rn\mathbb{R}^nRn.
  • The set on p. 314 (iii) is printed K2pK_2^pK2p​.

A trivializing formalization is ruled out: a polyhedron indexed by an arbitrary type or by the support would make Theorem 4.10 a restatement of the first part of Theorem 4.7, and a Bochner-integral Q\mathcal QQ would make K2s=RnK_2^s = \mathbb{R}^nK2s​=Rn. Neither is used.

A complete development needs Minkowski–Weyl for finitely generated cones (available in Mathlib as PointedCone.FG / DualFG), closedness of finitely generated cones, supports of pushforward measures, and simplicial covers of pos⁡W\operatorname{pos} WposW (Carathéodory). The support and integral lemmas are reusable for every result about recourse functions with general distributions; contributions of such lemmas as separate theorems are welcome.

Selected references

  • R. J.-B. Wets, Stochastic Programs with Fixed Recourse: The Equivalent Deterministic Program, SIAM Review 16(3):309–339, 1974. https://doi.org/10.1137/1016053
  • R. M. Van Slyke and R. J.-B. Wets, L-Shaped Linear Programs with Applications to Optimal Control and Stochastic Programming, SIAM J. Appl. Math. 17(4):638–663, 1969. https://doi.org/10.1137/0117061
  • D. W. Walkup and R. J.-B. Wets, Stochastic Programs with Recourse, SIAM J. Appl. Math. 15(5):1299–1314, 1967. https://doi.org/10.1137/0115113
  • G. B. Dantzig, Linear Programming under Uncertainty, Management Science 1(3–4):197–206, 1955. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.1.3-4.197
  • J. R. Birge and F. Louveaux, Introduction to Stochastic Programming, 2nd ed., Springer, 2011, Ch. 3. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4614-0237-4
8 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Dynamic ProgrammingOperations ResearchStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Computing Optimal (s, S) Inventory Policies I: The Renewal Closed Form for the Discounted Cost of a Stationary (s, S) PolicyResearch Paper

Motivation

The periodic-review inventory problem with a fixed ordering cost is one of the basic models of operations research. A firm reviews its stock once per period, may order at a cost KKK per order plus a unit cost, and then faces a random demand; unmet demand is backlogged. Scarf (1960) and Iglehart (1963) showed that for this model an (s,S)(s, S)(s,S) policy is optimal: order up to SSS whenever the stock falls below sss, and otherwise do nothing. That result tells a manager what shape a good policy has, but not which pair (s,S)(s, S)(s,S) to use.

Veinott and Wagner, Computing Optimal (s, S) Inventory Policies (Management Science 11 (1965) 525–552), gave the first practical algorithm for computing an optimal pair when demand is discrete. The algorithm rests on a closed form, their Eq. (11), for the discounted cost of an arbitrary stationary (s,S)(s, S)(s,S) policy, obtained by a renewal argument in their Section 3. The same closed form, in the undiscounted limit, is the classical expression of the long-run average cost of an (s,S)(s, S)(s,S) policy used throughout inventory theory textbooks.

Timeline:

  • 1958: Arrow, Karlin and Scarf collect the early dynamic inventory models.
  • 1960: Scarf proves optimality of (s,S)(s, S)(s,S) policies in the finite-horizon model via KKK-convexity.
  • 1963: Iglehart extends optimality to the infinite-horizon model.
  • 1965: Veinott and Wagner derive the renewal closed form (10)–(11) and the bounds and search procedure built on it.

Setting

Demands ξ1,ξ2,…\xi_1, \xi_2, \dotsξ1​,ξ2​,… are independent random variables on {0,1,2,… }\{0, 1, 2, \dots\}{0,1,2,…} with common distribution φ\varphiφ, φ(k)=Pr⁡(ξt=k)\varphi(k) = \Pr(\xi_t = k)φ(k)=Pr(ξt​=k). Write φi\varphi^iφi for the iii-fold convolution of φ\varphiφ (φ0\varphi^0φ0 is the point mass at 000) and Φi(k)=∑t=0kφi(t)\Phi^i(k) = \sum_{t=0}^{k}\varphi^i(t)Φi(k)=∑t=0k​φi(t) for its distribution function, so Φ0≡1\Phi^0 \equiv 1Φ0≡1.

In period ttt the stock before ordering is Xt∈ZX_t \in \mathbb ZXt​∈Z and the stock after ordering is Yt≥XtY_t \ge X_tYt​≥Xt​; then Xt+1=Yt−ξtX_{t+1} = Y_t - \xi_tXt+1​=Yt​−ξt​. With the unit purchase cost eliminated as in the paper's Eq. (2), the cost of period ttt is Kδ(Yt−Xt)+Gα(Yt)K\delta(Y_t - X_t) + G_\alpha(Y_t)Kδ(Yt​−Xt​)+Gα​(Yt​), where K≥0K \ge 0K≥0 is the set-up cost, δ(0)=0\delta(0) = 0δ(0)=0, δ(z)=1\delta(z) = 1δ(z)=1 for z>0z > 0z>0, and Gα:Z→RG_\alpha : \mathbb Z \to \mathbb RGα​:Z→R is the one-period cost. Period ttt is discounted by αt−1\alpha^{t-1}αt−1 with 0≤α<10 \le \alpha < 10≤α<1.

A stationary (s,S)(s, S)(s,S) policy, for integers s≤Ss \le Ss≤S, sets Yt=SY_t = SYt​=S if Xt<sX_t < sXt​<s and Yt=XtY_t = X_tYt​=Xt​ otherwise. Its total expected discounted cost from X1=xX_1 = xX1​=x is

f(x∣s,S)=∑t=1∞αt−1E[Kδ(Yt−Xt)+Gα(Yt)],f(x \mid s, S) = \sum_{t=1}^{\infty} \alpha^{t-1} E\bigl[K\delta(Y_t - X_t) + G_\alpha(Y_t)\bigr],f(x∣s,S)=t=1∑∞​αt−1E[Kδ(Yt​−Xt​)+Gα​(Yt​)],

and its equivalent cost per period is aα(x∣s,S)=(1−α)f(x∣s,S)a_\alpha(x \mid s, S) = (1 - \alpha) f(x \mid s, S)aα​(x∣s,S)=(1−α)f(x∣s,S).

The renewal quantities are

mα(k)=∑i=1∞αiφi(k),Mα(k)=∑i=1∞αiΦi(k),m_\alpha(k) = \sum_{i=1}^{\infty}\alpha^i\varphi^i(k), \qquad M_\alpha(k) = \sum_{i=1}^{\infty}\alpha^i\Phi^i(k),mα​(k)=i=1∑∞​αiφi(k),Mα​(k)=i=1∑∞​αiΦi(k),

the latter being the discount renewal function,

Lα(x,d)=Gα(x)+∑i=1∞∑k=0dαiGα(x−k)φi(k),rα(d)=∑i=1∞αi[Φi−1(d)−Φi(d)].L_\alpha(x, d) = G_\alpha(x) + \sum_{i=1}^{\infty}\sum_{k=0}^{d}\alpha^i G_\alpha(x - k)\varphi^i(k), \qquad r_\alpha(d) = \sum_{i=1}^{\infty}\alpha^i\bigl[\Phi^{i-1}(d) - \Phi^i(d)\bigr].Lα​(x,d)=Gα​(x)+i=1∑∞​k=0∑d​αiGα​(x−k)φi(k),rα​(d)=i=1∑∞​αi[Φi−1(d)−Φi(d)].

If T(d)T(d)T(d) is the first period in which cumulative demand exceeds ddd, then Lα(x,d)L_\alpha(x, d)Lα​(x,d) is the expected discounted one-period cost over periods 1,…,T(d)1, \dots, T(d)1,…,T(d) from stock xxx without ordering, and rα(d)=E[αT(d)]r_\alpha(d) = E[\alpha^{T(d)}]rα​(d)=E[αT(d)].

Formalization targets

Goal: Eq. (11)

With D=S−sD = S - sD=S−s,

aα(x∣s,S)={Lα(S,D)+K1+Mα(D)x<s,(1−α)Lα(x,x−s)+Lα(S,D)+K1+Mα(D) rα(x−s)x≥s.a_\alpha(x \mid s, S) = \begin{cases} \dfrac{L_\alpha(S, D) + K}{1 + M_\alpha(D)} & x < s, \\[2ex] (1 - \alpha)L_\alpha(x, x - s) + \dfrac{L_\alpha(S, D) + K}{1 + M_\alpha(D)}\, r_\alpha(x - s) & x \ge s. \end{cases}aα​(x∣s,S)=⎩⎨⎧​1+Mα​(D)Lα​(S,D)+K​(1−α)Lα​(x,x−s)+1+Mα​(D)Lα​(S,D)+K​rα​(x−s)​x<s,x≥s.​

Milestones

  1. Appendix §1: Mα(k)<∞M_\alpha(k) < \inftyMα​(k)<∞ for 0≤α≤10 \le \alpha \le 10≤α≤1 with αφ(0)<1\alpha\varphi(0) < 1αφ(0)<1.
  2. Eq. (8): Lα(x,d)=Gα(x)+∑j=0dGα(x−j)mα(j)L_\alpha(x, d) = G_\alpha(x) + \sum_{j=0}^{d} G_\alpha(x - j)m_\alpha(j)Lα​(x,d)=Gα​(x)+∑j=0d​Gα​(x−j)mα​(j).
  3. Eq. (9): rα(d)=α−(1−α)Mα(d)r_\alpha(d) = \alpha - (1 - \alpha)M_\alpha(d)rα​(d)=α−(1−α)Mα​(d).
  4. The renewal equation f(S)=Lα(S,D)+Krα(D)+f(S)rα(D)f(S) = L_\alpha(S, D) + Kr_\alpha(D) + f(S)r_\alpha(D)f(S)=Lα​(S,D)+Krα​(D)+f(S)rα​(D).
  5. f(x)=K+f(S)f(x) = K + f(S)f(x)=K+f(S) for x<sx < sx<s.
  6. f(x)=Lα(x,x−s)+Krα(x−s)+f(S)rα(x−s)f(x) = L_\alpha(x, x - s) + Kr_\alpha(x - s) + f(S)r_\alpha(x - s)f(x)=Lα​(x,x−s)+Krα​(x−s)+f(S)rα​(x−s) for x≥sx \ge sx≥s.
  7. Eq. (10): the closed form of fff with denominator 1−rα(D)1 - r_\alpha(D)1−rα​(D).

Significance

Eq. (11) turns the cost of an (s,S)(s, S)(s,S) policy, an infinite series over the trajectories of a controlled Markov chain, into a finite expression in GαG_\alphaGα​, KKK and the renewal sequence mαm_\alphamα​, which the paper computes by a one-line recursion. Everything in the paper's Section 4 builds on it: the search for an optimal pair minimizes aα(⋅∣s,S)a_\alpha(\cdot \mid s, S)aα​(⋅∣s,S) over a finite box, and the undiscounted limit α→1\alpha \to 1α→1 gives the long-run average cost (L1(S,D)+K)/(1+M1(D))(L_1(S, D) + K)/(1 + M_1(D))(L1​(S,D)+K)/(1+M1​(D)).

The result is classical and proved in the paper. What this mission adds is a machine-checked derivation from the definition of the policy's expected cost, including the renewal step, which the paper states in one sentence ("a renewal of the process takes place"). It also produces a reusable Lean layer: discrete convolution powers, the discount renewal function, and the law of an (s,S)(s, S)(s,S)-controlled inventory chain. To the best of our knowledge none of these is formalized in Mathlib or on the platform.

Difficulty

The paper's argument conditions on the random time T(D)T(D)T(D) at which the process renews and uses the strong Markov property at that time. In the formalization, fff is defined as a sum over periods of expectations under the law of XtX_tXt​. Relating that sum to one that splits at the random time T(D)T(D)T(D) requires either a stopping-time decomposition of the chain or an explicit accounting of the law of XtX_tXt​ before and after the first order. Neither is a direct computation. A second difficulty is the interchange of the infinite sum over periods with the sum over states y∈Zy \in \mathbb Zy∈Z, which has infinitely many states reachable (demand is unbounded below). The renewal equation (milestone 4) alone does not determine f(S)f(S)f(S) without the fact that rα(D)<1r_\alpha(D) < 1rα​(D)<1 for α<1\alpha < 1α<1, which comes from (9).

Formalization scope

  • Namespace VeinottWagnerSS.RenewalCost. Stock levels are integers, demands natural numbers; x−sx - sx−s and D=S−sD = S - sD=S−s enter LαL_\alphaLα​, MαM_\alphaMα​, rαr_\alpharα​ through Int.toNat, which is exact because the statements assume s≤xs \le xs≤x or s≤Ss \le Ss≤S.
  • Reduced model. The primitives are GαG_\alphaGα​, KKK, α\alphaα and φ\varphiφ, as in the paper's Eq. (2): the unit purchase cost is set to 000 and the holding–penalty cost is replaced by GαG_\alphaGα​.
  • Demand is a real function φ:N→R\varphi : \mathbb N \to \mathbb Rφ:N→R, non-negative and summing to 111.
  • The cost fff is the expected discounted cost of the controlled chain: the law of XtX_tXt​ is built recursively from X1=xX_1 = xX1​=x and the transition Pr⁡(Xt+1=z∣Xt=y)=φ(Y(y)−z)\Pr(X_{t+1} = z \mid X_t = y) = \varphi(Y(y) - z)Pr(Xt+1​=z∣Xt​=y)=φ(Y(y)−z). It is not defined by (10) or by the renewal equations, and not as the solution of a fixed-point equation. A formalization in which any of milestones 4–7 or the goal holds by definition is ruled out.
  • Series are real tsums. LαL_\alphaLα​ is defined by the series (7) and rαr_\alpharα​ by the first line of (9), i.e. through the law Pr⁡[T(d)=i]=Φi−1(d)−Φi(d)\Pr[T(d) = i] = \Phi^{i-1}(d) - \Phi^i(d)Pr[T(d)=i]=Φi−1(d)−Φi(d); the paper's derivations of these series from T(d)T(d)T(d) are not formalized. For α<1\alpha < 1α<1 all series converge for every GαG_\alphaGα​, because after period 111 the stock after ordering lies in the finite set {S}∪[s,max⁡(x,S)]\{S\} \cup [s, \max(x, S)]{S}∪[s,max(x,S)].
  • Hypotheses. Milestones 1–3 assume 0≤α≤10 \le \alpha \le 10≤α≤1 and αφ(0)<1\alpha\varphi(0) < 1αφ(0)<1, the paper's standing assumption on p. 533. Milestones 4–7 and the goal assume 0≤α<10 \le \alpha < 10≤α<1, K≥0K \ge 0K≥0 and s≤Ss \le Ss≤S. The paper's standing assumptions that GαG_\alphaGα​ is convex and tends to +∞+\infty+∞ as ∣y∣→∞|y| \to \infty∣y∣→∞ are not imposed: the statements hold for every GαG_\alphaGα​ when α<1\alpha < 1α<1, and the paper's derivation does not use them. This is a disclosed generalization.
  • Printed slips. None found in the formalized statements.
  • Not formalized: the recursion (A1) for mαm_\alphamα​, the limit (12) as α→1\alpha \to 1α→1, and the stationary analysis (13)–(20).

Contributions welcome: proofs of the milestones, general lemmas on discrete renewal sequences and convolution powers, and a first-passage decomposition for integer-valued Markov chains, which is reusable beyond this mission.

Selected references

  • A. F. Veinott Jr. and H. M. Wagner, Computing Optimal (s, S) Inventory Policies, Management Science 11(5), 525–552, 1965. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.11.5.525
  • H. Scarf, The Optimality of (S, s) Policies in the Dynamic Inventory Problem, in Mathematical Methods in the Social Sciences, Stanford University Press, 1960.
  • D. L. Iglehart, Optimality of (s, S) Policies in the Infinite Horizon Dynamic Inventory Problem, Management Science 9(2), 259–267, 1963. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.9.2.259
  • K. J. Arrow, S. Karlin and H. Scarf, Studies in the Mathematical Theory of Inventory and Production, Stanford University Press, 1958.
11 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Functional AnalysisMarkov ChainStatistics·Captain: mikedeng1

A Note on Metropolis–Hastings Kernels for General State Spaces II: Off-Diagonal Domination Orders the Asymptotic Variances of Reversible Kernels (Peskun's Theorem)Research Paper

Motivation

Markov chain Monte Carlo (MCMC) estimates an expectation ∫f dπ\int f\,d\pi∫fdπ by the average of fff along a Markov chain whose invariant distribution is π\piπ. Many chains share the same π\piπ: every Metropolis–Hastings acceptance rule that satisfies detailed balance, every mixture of such kernels, every choice of proposal. Practitioners need a criterion for preferring one of them. The standard yardstick is the asymptotic variance of the ergodic average, the constant in the Markov chain central limit theorem. A smaller asymptotic variance means fewer iterations for the same Monte Carlo error.

Peskun (1973) compared chains on a finite state space through a partial order on transition matrices: if one reversible matrix moves off the diagonal at least as much as another, entry by entry, its asymptotic variances are no larger, for every function. That result justifies the Metropolis–Hastings acceptance probability as the best possible among reversible acceptance rules. It covers only finite state spaces, while MCMC is used almost exclusively on continuous or mixed ones.

Tierney (1998) extended Peskun's theorem to general state spaces, using the spectral approach of Kipnis and Varadhan (1986) for reversible chains. The theorem is the one usually cited when an MCMC paper argues that one sampler dominates another; Mira (2001) surveys orderings built on it.

Setting

Let (E,E)(E, \mathcal E)(E,E) be a measurable space in which singletons are measurable, and let π\piπ be a probability measure on EEE. A Markov kernel HHH assigns to each x∈Ex \in Ex∈E a probability measure H(x,⋅)H(x, \cdot)H(x,⋅), measurably in xxx. It acts on functions by (Hf)(x)=∫f(y) H(x,dy)(Hf)(x) = \int f(y)\,H(x,dy)(Hf)(x)=∫f(y)H(x,dy). The measure π\piπ is invariant for HHH if ∫H(x,A) π(dx)=π(A)\int H(x, A)\,\pi(dx) = \pi(A)∫H(x,A)π(dx)=π(A) for every A∈EA \in \mathcal EA∈E. The kernel HHH is reversible with respect to π\piπ (satisfies detailed balance) if

π(dx) H(x,dy)=π(dy) H(y,dx),\pi(dx)\,H(x,dy) = \pi(dy)\,H(y,dx),π(dx)H(x,dy)=π(dy)H(y,dx),

that is, ∫AH(x,B) π(dx)=∫BH(x,A) π(dx)\int_A H(x,B)\,\pi(dx) = \int_B H(x,A)\,\pi(dx)∫A​H(x,B)π(dx)=∫B​H(x,A)π(dx) for all A,B∈EA, B \in \mathcal EA,B∈E. Reversibility implies invariance.

Write ⟨f,g⟩=∫fg dπ\langle f, g\rangle = \int fg\,d\pi⟨f,g⟩=∫fgdπ, L2(π)L^2(\pi)L2(π) for the square-integrable functions and L02(π)={g∈L2(π):∫g dπ=0}L^2_0(\pi) = \{g \in L^2(\pi) : \int g\,d\pi = 0\}L02​(π)={g∈L2(π):∫gdπ=0}.

Off-diagonal domination. For kernels P1,P2P_1, P_2P1​,P2​, P1⪰P2P_1 \succeq P_2P1​⪰P2​ (OffDiagDominates π P₁ P₂) if for π\piπ-almost every xxx,

P1(x,A∖{x})≥P2(x,A∖{x})for all A∈E.P_1(x, A\setminus\{x\}) \ge P_2(x, A \setminus\{x\}) \quad\text{for all } A \in \mathcal E.P1​(x,A∖{x})≥P2​(x,A∖{x})for all A∈E.

So from almost every state P1P_1P1​ moves to every region at least as readily as P2P_2P2​, and the kernels differ only in the probability of staying put.

The chain and its asymptotic variance. For a Markov kernel HHH, let X0,X1,…X_0, X_1, \dotsX0​,X1​,… be the Markov chain with initial distribution π\piπ and transition kernel HHH (chainMeasure π H, a measure on paths N→E\mathbb N \to EN→E). For f∈L02(π)f \in L^2_0(\pi)f∈L02​(π) put Sn=∑i=1nf(Xi)S_n = \sum_{i=1}^n f(X_i)Sn​=∑i=1n​f(Xi​) (pathSum f n) and

v(f,H)=lim⁡n→∞1nVar⁡H(Sn)∈[0,∞].v(f, H) = \lim_{n \to \infty} \frac1n \operatorname{Var}_H(S_n) \in [0, \infty].v(f,H)=n→∞lim​n1​VarH​(Sn​)∈[0,∞].

The lag inner products are ⟨f,Hkf⟩=∫f(x)∫f(y) Hk(x,dy) π(dx)\langle f, H^k f\rangle = \int f(x) \int f(y)\,H^k(x,dy)\,\pi(dx)⟨f,Hkf⟩=∫f(x)∫f(y)Hk(x,dy)π(dx) (lagInner π H f k), and for 0≤λ<10 \le \lambda < 10≤λ<1 the regularized variance is vλ(f,H)=⟨f,f⟩+2∑k≥1λk⟨f,Hkf⟩v_\lambda(f,H) = \langle f,f\rangle + 2 \sum_{k\ge1} \lambda^k \langle f, H^k f\ranglevλ​(f,H)=⟨f,f⟩+2∑k≥1​λk⟨f,Hkf⟩ (vLam π H f lam).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4 (p. 5)

Let P1,P2P_1, P_2P1​,P2​ be Markov kernels reversible with respect to π\piπ, f∈L02(π)f \in L^2_0(\pi)f∈L02​(π), and P1⪰P2P_1 \succeq P_2P1​⪰P2​. Then both asymptotic variances exist in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞] and

v(f,P1)≤v(f,P2).v(f, P_1) \le v(f, P_2).v(f,P1​)≤v(f,P2​).

No rate, constant or regularity of the kernels is fixed. The statement is the ordering itself, valid for every reversible pair and every f∈L02(π)f \in L^2_0(\pi)f∈L02​(π).

Milestones, in attack order

  1. Lemma 3 (p. 5): if P1,P2P_1, P_2P1​,P2​ have invariant distribution π\piπ and P1⪰P2P_1 \succeq P_2P1​⪰P2​, then P2−P1P_2 - P_1P2​−P1​ is a positive operator on L2(π)L^2(\pi)L2(π):
∬f(x)f(y) (P2(x,dy)−P1(x,dy)) π(dx)≥0(f∈L2(π)).\iint f(x)f(y)\,\bigl(P_2(x,dy) - P_1(x,dy)\bigr)\,\pi(dx) \ge 0 \qquad (f \in L^2(\pi)).∬f(x)f(y)(P2​(x,dy)−P1​(x,dy))π(dx)≥0(f∈L2(π)).
  1. A reversible kernel is a self-adjoint contraction on L02(π)L^2_0(\pi)L02​(π) (p. 5): ⟨Hf,g⟩=⟨f,Hg⟩\langle Hf, g\rangle = \langle f, Hg\rangle⟨Hf,g⟩=⟨f,Hg⟩ and ∥Hf∥≤∥f∥\|Hf\| \le \|f\|∥Hf∥≤∥f∥.
  2. Finite-nnn variance identity (p. 5), for n≥1n \ge 1n≥1:
1nVar⁡H(Sn)=⟨f,f⟩+2∑i=1nn−in ⟨f,Hif⟩.\frac1n \operatorname{Var}_H(S_n) = \langle f,f\rangle + 2\sum_{i=1}^n \frac{n-i}{n}\,\langle f, H^i f\rangle.n1​VarH​(Sn​)=⟨f,f⟩+2i=1∑n​nn−i​⟨f,Hif⟩.
  1. Existence of v(f,H)v(f,H)v(f,H) in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞] (p. 6).
  2. vλ(f,H)→v(f,H)v_\lambda(f,H) \to v(f,H)vλ​(f,H)→v(f,H) as λ↑1\lambda \uparrow 1λ↑1, finite or infinite (p. 6).
  3. vλ(f,P1)≤vλ(f,P2)v_\lambda(f,P_1) \le v_\lambda(f,P_2)vλ​(f,P1​)≤vλ​(f,P2​) for 0≤λ<10 \le \lambda < 10≤λ<1 when P1⪰P2P_1 \succeq P_2P1​⪰P2​ (p. 6).

Significance

The result. Theorem 4 turns a pointwise, one-step comparison of kernels, which is easy to check, into a comparison of the quantity that governs Monte Carlo error. Its main consequence, drawn in §3 of the paper, is that the Metropolis–Hastings acceptance probability αMH(x,y)=min⁡{1,r(y,x)}\alpha_{MH}(x,y) = \min\{1, r(y,x)\}αMH​(x,y)=min{1,r(y,x)} gives the maximal kernel in the off-diagonal order among reversible Metropolis–Hastings kernels with a given proposal. It is therefore optimal in asymptotic variance, on arbitrary state spaces. Proposition 5 of the same paper (a separate mission in this series) combines with it to show that a single Metropolis–Hastings kernel built on a mixture proposal beats the mixture of the component kernels. Later orderings of samplers (Mira 2001; Andrieu and Livingstone 2021) take this theorem as their base case.

Formalizing it. The theorem has been proved since 1998. No machine-checked version exists for general state spaces, and none of its milestones is on the platform. The formalization produces reusable infrastructure: the asymptotic variance of a stationary chain as an extended-real limit on Mathlib's Ionescu–Tulcea path measure, the L2L^2L2 facts for reversible kernels (self-adjointness, contraction, the covariance formula for path sums), and the positivity of P2−P1P_2 - P_1P2​−P1​ under off-diagonal domination. Each of these is used again in any formal treatment of MCMC efficiency or the Markov chain central limit theorem.

Difficulty

The direct approach compares the two finite-nnn variances. This fails, and not just technically: the paper exhibits two doubly stochastic, symmetric 4×44\times44×4 matrices with P1⪰P2P_1 \succeq P_2P1​⪰P2​ for which the variance of f(X0)+f(X1)+f(X2)f(X_0)+f(X_1)+f(X_2)f(X0​)+f(X1​)+f(X2​) is 15.4 under P1P_1P1​ and 14.8 under P2P_2P2​ (p. 7). Off-diagonal domination orders the lag-one covariances, but higher-order correlations "need not be ordered" (p. 5). The ordering appears only in the limit, and only for reversible kernels. The comparison must pass through an object that sees all lags at once and is monotone along the segment P1+β(P2−P1)P_1 + \beta(P_2 - P_1)P1​+β(P2​−P1​), and that object involves resolvents of operators on L02(π)L^2_0(\pi)L02​(π). The limit may be infinite, so every comparison must be made in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞]. Mathlib has neither the spectral measure of a self-adjoint operator nor the Kipnis–Varadhan theory.

Formalization scope

The state space is {E : Type*} [MeasurableSpace E] with [MeasurableSingletonClass E] wherever off-diagonal domination appears. This is an assumption the paper leaves implicit: A∖{x}A \setminus \{x\}A∖{x} must be an event. π\piπ is a probability measure and all kernels are Markov kernels. Reversibility is Mathlib's Kernel.IsReversible, invariance is Kernel.Invariant. The function fff is measurable with MemLp f 2 π and, for L02L^2_0L02​, ∫ f ∂π = 0; measurability picks a representative of the L2L^2L2 class and costs nothing. The chain is Kernel.trajMeasure started from π\piπ. The sum runs over X1,…,XnX_1,\dots,X_nX1​,…,Xn​, not X0X_0X0​. Variances are Mathlib's evariance in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞], and v(f,H)v(f,H)v(f,H) is a Tendsto limit in ℝ≥0∞, so an infinite asymptotic variance is represented. The goal asserts the existence of both limits rather than assuming it, so it cannot hold vacuously. Neither it nor any milestone specializes to finite EEE, to Metropolis–Hastings kernels, or to a chain started from a point. Lemma 3 assumes invariance only, and the theorem requires reversibility, as printed.

Two statements depart in form from the page. The finite-nnn variance identity and vλv_\lambdavλ​ are written through the moments ⟨f,Hkf⟩\langle f, H^k f\rangle⟨f,Hkf⟩ (a Neumann series) instead of through the spectral measure ef,He_{f,H}ef,H​ and the resolvent (I−λH)−1(I-\lambda H)^{-1}(I−λH)−1. The two forms agree for a self-adjoint contraction, and this is noted in each item. The paper's appeal to the spectral theorem and to Kipnis and Varadhan (1986) is not restated as an item: a complete development needs it, or an equivalent argument, as part of the proof. Proofs of any milestone, and reusable lemmas on the path measure (stationarity and the marginal laws of (Xi,Xj)(X_i, X_j)(Xi​,Xj​)), are welcome.

Selected references

  • L. Tierney, A Note on Metropolis–Hastings Kernels for General State Spaces, Ann. Appl. Probab. 8(1), 1–9, 1998. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoap/1027961031
  • P. H. Peskun, Optimum Monte-Carlo sampling using Markov chains, Biometrika 60(3), 607–612, 1973. https://doi.org/10.1093/biomet/60.3.607
  • C. Kipnis and S. R. S. Varadhan, Central limit theorem for additive functionals of reversible Markov processes and applications to simple exclusions, Comm. Math. Phys. 104, 1–19, 1986. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01210789
  • A. Mira, Ordering and improving the performance of Monte Carlo Markov chains, Statist. Sci. 16(4), 340–350, 2001. https://doi.org/10.1214/ss/1015346318
  • C. Andrieu and S. Livingstone, Peskun–Tierney ordering for Markovian Monte Carlo: beyond the reversible scenario, Ann. Statist. 49(4), 1958–1981, 2021. https://doi.org/10.1214/20-AOS2008
11 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Markov ChainStatistics·Captain: mikedeng1

A Note on Metropolis–Hastings Kernels for General State Spaces I: Necessary and Sufficient Conditions for a Metropolis–Hastings Kernel to Satisfy Detailed BalanceResearch Paper

Motivation

The Metropolis–Hastings algorithm (Metropolis et al. 1953; Hastings 1970) is the basic construction of Markov chain Monte Carlo. It turns a target probability distribution π\piπ, known only up to a constant, into a Markov chain that has π\piπ as its invariant distribution. Bayesian computation depends on it, and a sampler is usually designed by proving one property: reversibility, or detailed balance, with respect to π\piπ.

For discrete state spaces, or when every measure involved has a density with respect to a common reference measure, the condition on the acceptance probability is the familiar π(x)q(x,y)α(x,y)=π(y)q(y,x)α(y,x)\pi(x)q(x,y)\alpha(x,y)=\pi(y)q(y,x)\alpha(y,x)π(x)q(x,y)α(x,y)=π(y)q(y,x)α(y,x). Samplers used in practice often do not fit this setting: deterministic involutive proposals, mixtures of proposals with different supports, and Green's dimension-changing moves for model selection (Green 1995) have no common density. Each of these was treated separately in the literature. Tierney (1998) gives one necessary and sufficient condition that covers all of them, on an arbitrary measurable state space. This mission formalizes that condition.

Setting

Let (E,E)(E,\mathcal E)(E,E) be a measurable space, with no topological or countability assumption. Let π\piπ be a probability measure on EEE, the target. Let Q(x,dy)Q(x,dy)Q(x,dy) be a Markov transition kernel on EEE, the proposal, and let α:E×E→[0,1]\alpha:E\times E\to[0,1]α:E×E→[0,1] be a measurable function, the acceptance probability. From the current state xxx, a candidate yyy is drawn from Q(x,⋅)Q(x,\cdot)Q(x,⋅) and accepted with probability α(x,y)\alpha(x,y)α(x,y); otherwise the chain stays at xxx. The resulting Metropolis–Hastings kernel (mhKernel Q α) is

P(x,dy)=Q(x,dy) α(x,y)+δx(dy)∫(1−α(x,u)) Q(x,du).(1)P(x,dy)=Q(x,dy)\,\alpha(x,y)+\delta_x(dy)\int\bigl(1-\alpha(x,u)\bigr)\,Q(x,du).\tag{1}P(x,dy)=Q(x,dy)α(x,y)+δx​(dy)∫(1−α(x,u))Q(x,du).(1)

A kernel PPP satisfies detailed balance with respect to π\piπ if the two measures π(dx)P(x,dy)\pi(dx)P(x,dy)π(dx)P(x,dy) and π(dy)P(y,dx)\pi(dy)P(y,dx)π(dy)P(y,dx) on E⊗E\mathcal E\otimes\mathcal EE⊗E are equal (Eq. (2)). Equivalently, ∫AP(x,B) π(dx)=∫BP(x,A) π(dx)\int_A P(x,B)\,\pi(dx)=\int_B P(x,A)\,\pi(dx)∫A​P(x,B)π(dx)=∫B​P(x,A)π(dx) for all measurable A,BA,BA,B, which is Mathlib's Kernel.IsReversible P π.

Put μ(dx,dy)=π(dx)Q(x,dy)\mu(dx,dy)=\pi(dx)Q(x,dy)μ(dx,dy)=π(dx)Q(x,dy) (π ⊗ₘ Q), and let μT(dx,dy)=μ(dy,dx)\mu^T(dx,dy)=\mu(dy,dx)μT(dx,dy)=μ(dy,dx) be its image under the swap (x,y)↦(y,x)(x,y)\mapsto(y,x)(x,y)↦(y,x). A symmetric split (IsSymmetricSplit) is a measurable set R⊆E×ER\subseteq E\times ER⊆E×E with (x,y)∈R  ⟺  (y,x)∈R(x,y)\in R\iff(y,x)\in R(x,y)∈R⟺(y,x)∈R, such that μ\muμ and μT\mu^TμT are mutually absolutely continuous on RRR and mutually singular on its complement RcR^cRc. Informally, RRR consists of the pairs between which the proposal can move in both directions. A ratio version (IsRatioVersion) is a measurable r:E×E→(0,∞)r:E\times E\to(0,\infty)r:E×E→(0,∞) that is a density of μR\mu_RμR​ (the restriction of μ\muμ to RRR) with respect to μRT\mu^T_RμRT​, and satisfies r(x,y)=1/r(y,x)r(x,y)=1/r(y,x)r(x,y)=1/r(y,x) at every point.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2 (p. 3)

For every π\piπ, QQQ, α\alphaα as above and every symmetric split RRR and ratio version rrr for μ=π⊗Q\mu=\pi\otimes Qμ=π⊗Q:

P satisfies detailed balance w.r.t. π  ⟺  {(i)  α=0μ-a.e. on Rc,(ii) α(x,y) r(x,y)=α(y,x)μ-a.e. on R.P\ \text{satisfies detailed balance w.r.t. }\pi\iff \begin{cases}\text{(i)}\ \ \alpha=0\quad\mu\text{-a.e. on }R^c,\\[2pt] \text{(ii)}\ \alpha(x,y)\,r(x,y)=\alpha(y,x)\quad\mu\text{-a.e. on }R.\end{cases}P satisfies detailed balance w.r.t. π⟺{(i)  α=0μ-a.e. on Rc,(ii) α(x,y)r(x,y)=α(y,x)μ-a.e. on R.​

The paper phrases the left side as condition (4), μ(dx,dy)α(x,y)=μT(dx,dy)α(y,x)\mu(dx,dy)\alpha(x,y)=\mu^T(dx,dy)\alpha(y,x)μ(dx,dy)α(x,y)=μT(dx,dy)α(y,x), which its text identifies with (2) for the kernel (1). The goal states it for the kernel itself.

Milestones

  1. Proposition 1 (p. 2). For every σ\sigmaσ-finite measure μ\muμ on E×EE\times EE×E: a symmetric split RRR exists; any two symmetric splits differ by a set null for both μ\muμ and μT\mu^TμT; and every symmetric split admits a ratio version.
  2. §2, Eqs. (2)–(3) (p. 2). The kernel (1) satisfies (2) if and only if
π(dx)Q(x,dy)α(x,y)=π(dy)Q(y,dx)α(y,x),(3)\pi(dx)Q(x,dy)\alpha(x,y)=\pi(dy)Q(y,dx)\alpha(y,x),\tag{3}π(dx)Q(x,dy)α(x,y)=π(dy)Q(y,dx)α(y,x),(3)

that is, the rejection mass on the diagonal does not affect reversibility.

Companion item

§2, special case 1 (pp. 3–4). If π(dx)=π(x)ν(dx)\pi(dx)=\pi(x)\nu(dx)π(dx)=π(x)ν(dx) and Q(x,dy)=q(x,y)ν(dy)Q(x,dy)=q(x,y)\nu(dy)Q(x,dy)=q(x,y)ν(dy) for a σ\sigmaσ-finite ν\nuν, then R={π(x)q(x,y)>0, π(y)q(y,x)>0}R=\{\pi(x)q(x,y)>0,\ \pi(y)q(y,x)>0\}R={π(x)q(x,y)>0, π(y)q(y,x)>0} is a symmetric split, r=π(x)q(x,y)/(π(y)q(y,x))r=\pi(x)q(x,y)/(\pi(y)q(y,x))r=π(x)q(x,y)/(π(y)q(y,x)) is a density of μR\mu_RμR​ with respect to μRT\mu^T_RμRT​, and detailed balance is equivalent to the two conditions holding ν×ν\nu\times\nuν×ν-almost everywhere.

Significance

Theorem 2 lets reversibility be checked in the same way for every Metropolis–Hastings variant: compute RRR and rrr for the proposal, then verify (i) and (ii). The paper derives from it the reversibility of the standard acceptance probability αMH=min⁡{1,r(y,x)}\alpha_{MH}=\min\{1,r(y,x)\}αMH​=min{1,r(y,x)} on RRR (and 000 off RRR), and the three special cases of §2 are instances. Together with Mathlib's Kernel.IsReversible.invariant, it yields that π\piπ is invariant for the sampler. This is the correctness statement of every MCMC method built on the Metropolis–Hastings kernel. Missions II and III of this series (Peskun ordering; mixture proposals) take reversible Metropolis–Hastings kernels as their objects.

The result is proved in the paper. The mission adds a machine-checked proof at the paper's full generality: no densities, no dominating measure, no countability of E\mathcal EE. The platform currently has only finite-state statements (MarkovMixing.metropolis_stationary, a sufficiency direction on a Fintype state space with a matrix proposal), so neither the general kernel nor the converse direction is formalized there.

Difficulty

The obvious argument works with densities: write both sides of (3) as densities with respect to one reference measure and compare them pointwise. On a general space no such reference is given for μ\muμ and μT\mu^TμT together, and even μ+μT\mu+\mu^Tμ+μT yields densities only up to null sets. Pointwise comparison of densities is therefore not available, and the statement mixes three kinds of almost-everywhere claim (μ\muμ-a.e., μT\mu^TμT-a.e., and a.e. for the restrictions to RRR and RcR^cRc). The Lean statement also has to hold for every version of RRR and rrr, not one convenient choice. Milestone 2 has its own content: the diagonal part of PPP is a measure concentrated on the diagonal, which need not be a measurable set, and its symmetry has to be shown without that measurability.

Formalization scope

  • Space. {E : Type*} [MeasurableSpace E] with nothing else: no measurable singletons, no topology, no countable generation. π : Measure E with [IsProbabilityMeasure π] and Q : Kernel E E with [IsMarkovKernel Q].
  • Acceptance probability. α : E × E → ℝ≥0∞ with the hypotheses Measurable α and ∀ p, α p ≤ 1, which is the paper's measurable α:E×E→[0,1]\alpha:E\times E\to[0,1]α:E×E→[0,1]. The kernel is Q.withDensity (fun x y => α (x, y)) + Kernel.withDensity Kernel.id (fun x _ => ∫⁻ u, (1 - α (x, u)) ∂(Q x)). The measurability hypothesis rules out the junk zero kernel that Kernel.withDensity returns for a non-measurable density.
  • Detailed balance is Kernel.IsReversible. It agrees with the measure identity (2) because rectangles determine a finite measure on E⊗E\mathcal E\otimes\mathcal EE⊗E.
  • (i) and (ii) are almost-everywhere statements for the restrictions of μ\muμ to RcR^cRc and to RRR respectively; neither is required pointwise. Condition (ii) off RRR would be false in general.
  • RRR and rrr are universally quantified in the goal. A formalization that fixes one specific Radon–Nikodym derivative, or drops the everywhere conditions 0<r<∞0<r<\infty0<r<∞, r(x,y)=1/r(y,x)r(x,y)=1/r(y,x)r(x,y)=1/r(y,x), proves a different statement. Proposition 1's existence clause shows that the goal's hypotheses can be met, so the goal is not vacuous. A sorry-free check in the workspace confirms this for Q=πQ=\piQ=π with R=E×ER=E\times ER=E×E, r≡1r\equiv1r≡1.
  • Added hypothesis. The companion item assumes ν\nuν is σ\sigmaσ-finite, which the paper leaves implicit in "ν×ν\nu\times\nuν×ν-almost all".
  • Infrastructure. The definitions IsSymmetricSplit and IsRatioVersion (a symmetric Lebesgue-type decomposition of a measure against its transpose) are reusable for any reversibility argument on product spaces. Lemmas on Measure.map Prod.swap of compProd and withDensity, and on the symmetry of measures carried by the diagonal, are also welcome contributions.

Selected references

  • L. Tierney, A Note on Metropolis–Hastings Kernels for General State Spaces, Ann. Appl. Probab. 8(1) (1998) 1–9. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoap/1027961031
  • N. Metropolis, A. W. Rosenbluth, M. N. Rosenbluth, A. H. Teller, E. Teller, Equation of State Calculations by Fast Computing Machines, J. Chem. Phys. 21 (1953) 1087–1092. https://doi.org/10.1063/1.1699114
  • W. K. Hastings, Monte Carlo Sampling Methods Using Markov Chains and Their Applications, Biometrika 57 (1970) 97–109. https://doi.org/10.1093/biomet/57.1.97
  • L. Tierney, Markov Chains for Exploring Posterior Distributions, Ann. Statist. 22 (1994) 1701–1762. https://doi.org/10.1214/aos/1176325750
  • P. J. Green, Reversible Jump Markov Chain Monte Carlo Computation and Bayesian Model Determination, Biometrika 82 (1995) 711–732. https://doi.org/10.1093/biomet/82.4.711
6 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Number TheoryTheoretical Computer Science·Captain: mikedeng1

Polynomial-Time Algorithms for Prime Factorization and Discrete Logarithms on a Quantum Computer 2: Factoring from a Random ResidueResearch Paper

Motivation

Shor's 1997 paper (SIAM J. Comput. 26(5), arXiv:quant-ph/9508027) gives a polynomial-time quantum algorithm for factoring integers. The quantum computer does not factor directly: it finds the multiplicative order of an element modulo nnn. The step from order finding to factoring is classical and randomized, and goes back to Miller's 1976 work on primality testing (G. L. Miller, Riemann's hypothesis and tests for primality, J. Comput. System Sci. 13 (1976)). Every account of Shor's algorithm, and every resource estimate for breaking RSA with a quantum computer, depends on this reduction succeeding with a constant probability per trial. This mission formalizes that probability bound as Shor states it on p. 1498 of the published paper.

Setting

Let n>1n > 1n>1 be an odd integer with prime factorization

n=∏i=1kpiαi,n = \prod_{i=1}^{k} p_i^{\alpha_i},n=i=1∏k​piαi​​,

so kkk is the number of distinct prime factors of nnn, all odd. The unit group (Z/nZ)×(\mathbb{Z}/n\mathbb{Z})^\times(Z/nZ)× consists of the residues coprime to nnn; it has φ(n)\varphi(n)φ(n) elements, where φ\varphiφ is Euler's totient function.

For a unit xxx the order r=ord⁡n(x)r = \operatorname{ord}_n(x)r=ordn​(x) is the least positive integer with xr≡1(modn)x^r \equiv 1 \pmod nxr≡1(modn). For each iii the local order rir_iri​ is the order of x mod piαix \bmod p_i^{\alpha_i}xmodpiαi​​, taken modulo the full prime power, not modulo pip_ipi​. For a positive integer mmm, ν2(m)\nu_2(m)ν2​(m) denotes the exponent of the largest power of 222 dividing mmm.

The reduction is: choose xxx uniformly at random from (Z/nZ)×(\mathbb{Z}/n\mathbb{Z})^\times(Z/nZ)×, obtain its order rrr (from the quantum subroutine), and compute

g(x)=gcd⁡(xr/2−1, n).g(x) = \gcd\bigl(x^{r/2} - 1,\ n\bigr).g(x)=gcd(xr/2−1, n).

The procedure yields a nontrivial factor at xxx when rrr is even and 1<g(x)<n1 < g(x) < n1<g(x)<n. In Lean this event is ShorAlgorithms.Reduction.successEvent n u for u : (ZMod n)ˣ, and rir_iri​ is localOrder n u p for p ∈ n.primeFactors.

Formalization targets

Goal: the success probability

Pr⁡x∈(Z/n)×[r even and 1<gcd⁡(xr/2−1,n)<n]  ≥  1−12k−1.\Pr_{x \in (\mathbb{Z}/n)^\times}\bigl[r \text{ even and } 1 < \gcd(x^{r/2}-1, n) < n\bigr] \;\ge\; 1 - \frac{1}{2^{k-1}}.x∈(Z/n)×Pr​[r even and 1<gcd(xr/2−1,n)<n]≥1−2k−11​.

It is stated for every odd n>1n > 1n>1. For a prime power (k=1k = 1k=1) the bound is 000, so the statement says nothing there; it is informative exactly when nnn is not a prime power, as the paper remarks. The constant is sharp: for n=21n = 21n=21 exactly 666 of the 121212 units succeed, so 1−1/2k1 - 1/2^{k}1−1/2k in place of 1−1/2k−11 - 1/2^{k-1}1−1/2k−1 would be false.

Milestones, in the order the page uses them

  1. Success criterion. If rrr is even and xr/2≢−1(modn)x^{r/2} \not\equiv -1 \pmod nxr/2≡−1(modn), then 1<gcd⁡(xr/2−1,n)<n1 < \gcd(x^{r/2}-1, n) < n1<gcd(xr/2−1,n)<n.
  2. Order is the lcm. r=lcm⁡(r1,…,rk)r = \operatorname{lcm}(r_1, \dots, r_k)r=lcm(r1​,…,rk​).
  3. Failure forces agreement. For odd nnn, if the procedure fails at xxx, then ν2(r1)=⋯=ν2(rk)\nu_2(r_1) = \cdots = \nu_2(r_k)ν2​(r1​)=⋯=ν2​(rk​).
  4. At most half per odd prime power. For an odd prime ppp and α≥1\alpha \ge 1α≥1, at most φ(pα)/2\varphi(p^\alpha)/2φ(pα)/2 units modulo pαp^\alphapα have order with a prescribed 2-adic valuation.
  5. All agree rarely. The units for which ν2(r1)=⋯=ν2(rk)\nu_2(r_1) = \cdots = \nu_2(r_k)ν2​(r1​)=⋯=ν2​(rk​) number at most φ(n)/2k−1\varphi(n)/2^{k-1}φ(n)/2k−1.

Significance

The result. The bound turns an order-finding oracle into a factoring algorithm: when nnn is odd and not a prime power, each trial succeeds with probability at least 1/21/21/2, so ttt independent trials all fail with probability at most 2−t2^{-t}2−t. Even numbers and prime powers are split classically, as the paper notes, so the bound completes the reduction from factoring to order finding. The same criterion — a square root of 111 other than ±1\pm 1±1 splits nnn — underlies the Miller–Rabin test and several classical factoring methods.

Formalizing it. The mathematics is classical and proved; the paper gives a sketch of one paragraph. This mission writes out the sketch as machine-checked statements over Mathlib's ZMod, including the probabilistic step, which in the paper is an informal appeal to the Chinese remainder theorem and "50% probability of agreeing with the previous ones". Mathlib already has the needed ingredients (cyclicity of (Z/pα)×(\mathbb{Z}/p^\alpha)^\times(Z/pα)× for odd ppp, ZMod.chineseRemainder, ZMod.card_units_eq_totient), but not the reduction or its probability bound.

Difficulty

The success criterion (milestone 1) is elementary. The substance is the counting. The obvious route — treating the ν2(ri)\nu_2(r_i)ν2​(ri​) as independent and each "equal to the previous one with probability 1/21/21/2" — needs both a precise product decomposition of the unit group modulo nnn into the unit groups modulo piαip_i^{\alpha_i}piαi​​, compatible with the local orders, and the count in a cyclic group of even order of the elements whose order has a given 2-adic valuation. The informal phrase "at most a 50% probability of agreeing with the previous ones" hides a conditioning argument over k−1k - 1k−1 coordinates that has to be done by an explicit cardinality bound. A second pitfall is milestone 3: its converse direction and its forward direction use oddness of nnn in different places, and modulo a power of 222 the argument breaks because −1≡1(mod2)-1 \equiv 1 \pmod 2−1≡1(mod2).

Formalization scope

  • Sample space. Uniform on (ZMod n)ˣ; probabilities are stated in cleared-denominator form, (1−2−(k−1)) φ(n)≤#{successes}(1 - 2^{-(k-1)})\,\varphi(n) \le \#\{\text{successes}\}(1−2−(k−1))φ(n)≤#{successes} in R\mathbb{R}R, with the count as Nat.card of a subtype. Non-units have no multiplicative order and are not sampled.
  • The gcd. xr/2x^{r/2}xr/2 is represented by its least nonnegative residue .val, which is at least 111 for a unit when n>1n > 1n>1, so the natural-number subtraction in val - 1 never truncates. r/2r/2r/2 is natural-number division, used only under Even r.
  • kkk. n.primeFactors.card, at least 111 for n>1n > 1n>1, so k - 1 does not truncate. Since nnn is odd this equals the page's "number of distinct odd prime factors".
  • Local orders. The order of the image of xxx in ZMod (p ^ n.factorization p) under the reduction homomorphism.
  • Hypotheses. The goal assumes exactly nnn odd and n>1n > 1n>1. It does not assume "not a prime power": that clause in the paper describes when the bound is useful. Milestones 1 and 2 do not assume nnn odd, because they do not need it; milestones 3 and 5 do.
  • No trivialization. Counting over all of ZMod n instead of the units would put non-units (with junk order 000) into the denominator; the goal counts over (ZMod n)ˣ and divides by φ(n)\varphi(n)φ(n). The goal's constant is the paper's 1−1/2k−11 - 1/2^{k-1}1−1/2k−1, which is attained, so it cannot be weakened into a triviality without changing the theorem.
  • Welcome contributions. A reusable counting lemma for elements of prescribed 2-adic order in a finite cyclic group; the transfer of ZMod.chineseRemainder to unit groups and to local orders; and proofs of the milestones in any order.

Selected references

  • P. W. Shor, Polynomial-Time Algorithms for Prime Factorization and Discrete Logarithms on a Quantum Computer, SIAM J. Comput. 26(5):1484–1509, 1997. https://doi.org/10.1137/S0097539795293172 (preprint arXiv:quant-ph/9508027, https://arxiv.org/abs/quant-ph/9508027)
  • G. L. Miller, Riemann's hypothesis and tests for primality, J. Comput. System Sci. 13(3):300–317, 1976. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0022-0000(76)80043-8
  • D. E. Knuth, The Art of Computer Programming, Vol. 2: Seminumerical Algorithms, 2nd ed., Addison-Wesley, 1981.
  • G. H. Hardy and E. M. Wright, An Introduction to the Theory of Numbers, 5th ed., Oxford University Press, 1979 (Theorem 121, Chinese remainder theorem).
8 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Algorithmic Game TheoryOperations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Information Sharing in a Supply Chain with a Common Retailer 1: Under Production Diseconomy the Retailer Earns More from Sequential Information Contracting and the Manufacturers from ConcurrentResearch Paper

Motivation

Retailers hold point-of-sale data that their suppliers cannot observe, and large retailers sell access to it through data-sharing programs (Costco's CRX, Walmart's Retail Link and similar programs). When one retailer carries the substitutable products of two competing manufacturers, sharing its demand information is a strategic decision: a manufacturer who knows the demand signal sets his wholesale price in response to it, which changes the retailer's margin and the rival manufacturer's order uncertainty. Whether the retailer should sell the information, to how many manufacturers, and by which protocol, is the question of Shang, Ha and Tong (Management Science 62(1):245–263, 2016).

The paper belongs to the information-sharing literature of Li (2002), Li and Zhang (2008) and Ha, Tong and Zhang (2011), which studies competing supply chains or a single chain. The common-retailer structure differs: the retailer can price-discriminate between the manufacturers through the order in which she offers the information.

Setting

Two manufacturers i∈{1,2}i \in \{1, 2\}i∈{1,2} sell substitutable products through one retailer. The demand for product iii is

qi=a+θ−(1+ϕ)pi+ϕpj,q_i = a + \theta - (1+\phi)p_i + \phi p_j,qi​=a+θ−(1+ϕ)pi​+ϕpj​,

where pip_ipi​ is the retail price, ϕ>0\phi > 0ϕ>0 measures competition, and θ\thetaθ is a random shock with mean 000 and variance σ2>0\sigma^2 > 0σ2>0. The retailer observes a demand signal YYY that is unbiased, E[Y∣θ]=θE[Y \mid \theta] = \thetaE[Y∣θ]=θ, and has linear expectation: E[θ∣Y]=βYE[\theta \mid Y] = \beta YE[θ∣Y]=βY for a weight β\betaβ (in the paper β=tσ2/(1+tσ2)\beta = t\sigma^2/(1+t\sigma^2)β=tσ2/(1+tσ2), with ttt the signal accuracy). The retailing cost is zero, and manufacturer iii produces qqq units at cost bq+cdq2bq + c_d q^2bq+cd​q2 with b,cd>0b, c_d > 0b,cd​>0: a production diseconomy.

The game has four stages.

  1. The retailer and the manufacturers contract on information sharing, which fixes each manufacturer's status Xi∈{I,U}X_i \in \{I, U\}Xi​∈{I,U} (informed or uninformed).
  2. The retailer observes YYY and discloses it truthfully to the informed manufacturers.
  3. The manufacturers set wholesale prices wiw_iwi​ simultaneously, an informed one as a function of YYY. The retailer then sets retail prices.
  4. Demand realizes and payoffs are received.

The pricing stage is a Bayesian game. Its equilibrium ex ante profits are πM(n)\pi_M(n)πM​(n), πMI(1)\pi_M^I(1)πMI​(1), πMU(1)\pi_M^U(1)πMU​(1) for the manufacturers and πR(n)\pi_R(n)πR​(n) for the retailer, where nnn is the number of informed manufacturers. They define a payoff table for the contracting stage.

Two contracting protocols are compared.

  • Concurrent contracting: the retailer offers both manufacturers the same payment TTT, and they accept or reject simultaneously; a Pareto-optimal pure equilibrium is the outcome, and the retailer chooses TTT.
  • Sequential contracting: the retailer offers one manufacturer TfT_fTf​, he accepts or rejects, then the retailer offers the other TsT_sTs​, and he decides having observed the first decision. The retailer cannot commit to Ts=TfT_s = T_fTs​=Tf​, and the solution is subgame perfect equilibrium.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 4(d)

For every ϕ>0\phi > 0ϕ>0, cd>0c_d > 0cd​>0 and every signal model, the pricing stage has an equilibrium; for every pricing equilibrium, both contracting games have equilibria; and for every concurrent outcome and every sequential subgame-perfect equilibrium (either first mover),

ΠRC≤ΠRS,ΠMS≤ΠMC,\Pi_R^{C} \le \Pi_R^{S}, \qquad \Pi_M^{S} \le \Pi_M^{C},ΠRC​≤ΠRS​,ΠMS​≤ΠMC​,

with both inequalities strict when cd>(2−1)/(1+ϕ)c_d > (\sqrt2 - 1)/(1+\phi)cd​>(2​−1)/(1+ϕ). Here ΠR\Pi_RΠR​ is the retailer's profit after side payments and ΠM\Pi_MΠM​ the manufacturers' total profit net of them. The paper's word "higher" is read as ≥\ge≥ because for small cdc_dcd​ neither protocol sells information and all profits coincide.

Milestones

  1. §4.1, Eq. (1): the retailer's best response p^i=12(a+βY+wi)\hat p_i = \frac12(a + \beta Y + w_i)p^​i​=21​(a+βY+wi​) and the resulting demand.
  2. Lemma 1: the pricing equilibrium exists, is unique, and is linear in YYY.
  3. §4.2: the closed forms of the seven ex ante profits.
  4. Lemma 3: πM(2)>πMI(1)>πM(0)>πMU(1)\pi_M(2) > \pi_M^I(1) > \pi_M(0) > \pi_M^U(1)πM​(2)>πMI​(1)>πM​(0)>πMU​(1), πR(0)>πR(1)>πR(2)\pi_R(0) > \pi_R(1) > \pi_R(2)πR​(0)>πR​(1)>πR​(2), πR(1)−πR(2)>πR(0)−πR(1)\pi_R(1) - \pi_R(2) > \pi_R(0) - \pi_R(1)πR​(1)−πR​(2)>πR​(0)−πR​(1).
  5. Proposition 1(b): without contracting, no information is shared.
  6. Propositions 2 and 3: thresholds cdCc_d^CcdC​ and cdS1,cdS2c_d^{S1}, c_d^{S2}cdS1​,cdS2​, depending only on ϕ\phiϕ, at which the number of informed manufacturers changes under each protocol.
  7. Proposition 4(a): cdS1<cdC<cdS2c_d^{S1} < c_d^C < c_d^{S2}cdS1​<cdC​<cdS2​.

Significance

The result. Proposition 4(d) says that the order of the offers transfers surplus: selling information one manufacturer at a time lets the retailer exploit the manufacturers' fear of being the only uninformed firm, which raises her profit and lowers theirs. Propositions 2 and 3 show that concurrent contracting shares with both manufacturers or with neither, while sequential contracting can end with only one informed manufacturer. Together they give a complete map of the equilibrium sharing decisions in (cd,ϕ)(c_d, \phi)(cd​,ϕ) (Figure 1 of the paper).

Formalizing it. The results are proved in the paper, partly by "it can be shown" and "straightforward" steps: Lemma 3's proof is omitted, and so is the convexity of the function whose root is cdS2c_d^{S2}cdS2​. No part of the paper has a machine-checked proof. A complete formalization would check every such step and make the equilibrium notions precise, in particular the Pareto selection and the tie-breaking at the thresholds, where the retailer is exactly indifferent.

Difficulty

Most of the work is in the contracting stage, not the algebra. The pricing stage must be solved over all square-integrable strategies measurable in the signal. Uniqueness is then almost sure and rests on the linear-expectation identities E[θY]=σ2E[\theta Y] = \sigma^2E[θY]=σ2 and E[Y2]=σ2/βE[Y^2] = \sigma^2/\betaE[Y2]=σ2/β. The concurrent game has multiple equilibria for intermediate payments, and the retailer's optimum lies at a payment where two equilibria coexist. The sequential game is a three-stage game with a continuum of offers: at each threshold the retailer is indifferent, and an SPE exists only if acceptance at indifference is chosen correctly. The threshold cdS2c_d^{S2}cdS2​ has no closed form; it is the root of a convex rational function of cdc_dcd​.

Formalization scope

The Lean development lives in the namespace InfoSharing.Diseconomy. Conventions:

  • The probability space carries θ\thetaθ and YYY in L2L^2L2, with the two conditional-expectation identities holding almost everywhere. β\betaβ is a parameter fixed by E[θ∣Y]=βYE[\theta \mid Y] = \beta YE[θ∣Y]=βY; Ericson's formula for β\betaβ is not formalized.
  • Wholesale strategies are measurable, square-integrable functions of the signal value, and constants for an uninformed manufacturer. A pricing equilibrium is ex ante optimality over such strategies, which is equivalent to the paper's conditional optimization. The retailer's rule must be a best response at every wholesale-price pair.
  • The payoff table is produced by an arbitrary pricing-equilibrium family, not by the §4.2 closed forms. A formalization that takes the closed forms as the definition of the profits would reduce the goal to algebra and a 2×22 \times 22×2 game, and is ruled out.
  • Payments are nonnegative, only pure strategies are used in the contracting games, and the concurrent outcome selects, among Pareto-optimal equilibria, the one best for the retailer.
  • Threshold statements use two clauses: the printed value is attained on the closed region, and it is the only value on the region's interior. The thresholds depend only on ϕ\phiϕ.
  • Demands may be negative (θ is unbounded), as in the paper's formulas.

A complete development needs:

  • the conditional-expectation algebra behind Lemma 1 and §4.2;
  • rational-function inequalities for Lemma 3;
  • a case analysis of the two contracting games.

The model layer is shared with the companion mission on production economy.

Selected references

  • G. Shang, A. Y. Ha, S. Tong, Information Sharing in a Supply Chain with a Common Retailer, Management Science 62(1):245–263, 2016. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.2014.2127
  • W. A. Ericson, A note on the posterior mean of a population mean, Journal of the Royal Statistical Society B 31(2):332–334, 1969.
  • L. Li, Information sharing in a supply chain with horizontal competition, Management Science 48(9):1196–1212, 2002. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.48.9.1196.177
  • L. Li, H. Zhang, Confidentiality and information sharing in supply chain coordination, Management Science 54(8):1467–1481, 2008. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.1070.0851
  • A. Y. Ha, S. Tong, H. Zhang, Sharing imperfect demand information in competing supply chains with production diseconomies, Management Science 57(3):566–581, 2011. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.1100.1295
  • X. Vives, Oligopoly Pricing: Old Ideas and New Tools, MIT Press, 1999.
17 thms2 active usersReviewed
PreviousPage 11 of 23Next

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

About Prove2Me

Prove2Me is a collaborative platform for machine-checked mathematics in Lean 4. Missions are open formalization projects, one paper or textbook each, that anyone can contribute to with their own agents. Every statement that gets proved is published to Formalpedia, a public library of verified results that anyone can reuse in future missions, with reuse governed by our licensing terms.

How Prove2Me worksResearch paper
SKILL.mdTourFAQContactTerms
© 2026 Prove2Me